Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutA16-0005_A16-0005 Product Data_1452699060.pdf tIlCO SIMPLEXGRINNELL 14200 E. Exposition Avenue SimplexGrinnell Aurora, Colorado 80012 www.simplexqrinnell.com Tele: (303) 355-0500 Fax: (303) 355-0615 Fire Alarm Product Data Submittal for: Vail Valley Medical Center West Wing 181 West Meadow Drive Vail, Colorado 81657 '0) 35418 '4.00e®ilo11 Prepared for: Encore Electric 77 Metcalf Road Avon, Colorado 81620 tqcrs ',,x'_11 mss►• '•~• • �! Sim /exGrinnell p 35418 14200 E. Exposition Avenue :lig Aurora, Colorado 80012 Sales: (303) 355-0500 " drA�.• r " Service: (303) 355-0500 +' � ��Z� Fax: (303) 355-0615 PROJECT: Vail Valley Medical Center West Wing PREPARED FOR: Encore Electric TYPE: DESCRIPTION: 4100-7152 LEGACY MASTER UPGRADE, W/DISPLAY 4100-6056 NETWORK MEDIA CARD WIRED 4100-6078 NETWORK IF CARD, MODULAR 4100-6080 SERIAL DACT SIDE MOUNT 4100-9311 4100 CONFIG. DOMESTIC 120V 4100-5311 ENHANCED POWER SUPPLY, 3 CHANNELS, IDNet, 120V 4100-5325 ENHANCED POWER SUPPLY, 3 CHANNELS, 120V 4100-2300 EXPANSION BAY(PHASE 10 ONLY) 4100-2303 LEGACY CARD STABILIZER BRKT 4100-1279 2" BLANK DISPLAY MODULE 4100-0638 ADDITIONAL 24V HARNESS 4100-9621 BASIC AUDIO WITH MICROPHONE- DIGITAL 4100-1311 AUDIO CONTROL BOARD- DIGITAL 4100-1328 DIGITAL 100W AMP,6NAC,120VAC,25V 4100-1334 BACKUP DIGITAL 100W AMP,120VAC,25V 4100-2320 AUDIO EXPANSION BAY KIT 4100-0637 AUDIO BOX TO BOX HARNESS KIT 4100-1241 MESSAGE EXPANSION BOARD-8 MINUTES 4100-1252 1 CHANNEL AUDIO OPERATOR INTERFACE 4100-0623 BASIC NETWORK TRANSPONDER INTERFACE 4100-1280 8 SWITCH, 8 RED LED MODULE 4100-1288 64/64 LED/SWITCH CONTROLLER 4100-1294 LED/SWITCH SLIDE-IN LABEL KIT 4100-9601 LOCAL MODE TRANSPONDER 4100-0636 BOX TO BOX HARNESS KIT 4100-0634 POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE 120V 4100-0622 DIGITAL AUDIO RISER MODULE 4100-1328 DIGITAL 100W AMP,6NAC,120VAC,25V 4100-1334 BACKUP DIGITAL 100W AMP,120VAC,25V 4100-2320 AUDIO EXPANSION BAY KIT 4100-0637 AUDIO BOX TO BOX HARNESS KIT 4100-2162 INDICATOR ONLY, 2 BAY SOLID DOOR 2975-9451 2 BAY BB/SDOOR/DRESS PNL PLATINUM 2975-9452 3 BAY BB/SDOOR/DRESS PNL PLATINUM 2975-9443 3 BAY BB/GDOORJDRESS PNL RED 4100-5128 EXTERNAL BATTERY POWER TYPE: DESCRIPTION: 2081-9287 BATTERIES-25AH (2x) 4603-9101 SERIAL LCD ANNUNCIATOR 4603-9111 6 GANG ALUM TRIM PLATE 4099-9006 ADDRESSABLE DOUBLE ACTION MANUAL STATION, PUSH 4098-9714 TRUEALARM PHOTO SMOKE SENSOR 4098-9733 TRUEALARM HEAT SENSOR 4098-9792 TRUEALARM SENSOR BASE 4098-9756 TRUEALARM DUCT SMOKE SENSOR W/RELAY OUTPUT 4098-9751 TRUEALARM IN-DUCT SENSOR BASE W/RELAY 4098-9854 12" SAMPLING TUBES 4098-9855 13"TO 23"SAMPLING TUBES 4098-9856 24"TO 46"SAMPLING TUBES 4098-9857 46"TO 71"SAMPLING TUBES 4098-9858 71"TO 95"SAMPLING TUBES 4098-9853 IN-DUCT SENSOR ADAPTER FOR 12"ROUND DUCT 2098-9806 REMOTE TEST STATION W/LED AND KEY SWITCH 4090-9001 IDNET SUPERVISED IAM 4090-9807 COVER-ADDRESS MODULE SURFACE 4090-9101 IDNET CLASS B MONITOR ZAM 4090-9002 IDNET RELAY IAM 4090-9801 COVER-ADDRESS MODULE FLUSH 4098-9843 ENCAPSULATED RELAY PAM-SD 2088-9021 ENCAPSULATED RELAY PAM-1 4081-9002 E.O.L. 3.3K, 1/2W 4081-9004 E.O.L. 6.8K, 1/2W 4081-9008 E.O.L. 10K, 1/2W 49SV-APPLC SV, WALL MT, WHITE, FIRE LABEL 49SVH-APPLC SN APPLIANCE ONLY, CEILING MT, HI CANDELA 49SVC-CWFIRE SN CEILING APPLIANCE COVER 49SV-APPLW SN APPLIANCE ONLY, WALL MT 49SVC-WWFIRE SN WALL APPLIANCE COVER 49MP-SVWW SN WALL MOUNTING PLATE,WHITE 59VO-WWF VO, WALL MT,WHITE, FIRE LABEL 59V0-WWFO-BA V/O APPLIANCE,WEATHERPROOF, WALL MT 59WPBB-WW WEATHER PROOF BACK BOX 4906-9204 ADDRESSABLE CEILING MNT MC V/O, WHITE ASWP-2475W-FR WP HORN STROBE 75CD, 24VDC WALL, RED WPBB-R WP BACKBOX, RED FOR ASWP u •r I 011 93®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Basic Panel Modules and Accessories Features Master Controller(top) bay: • 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface including raised switches for high confidence feedback • Dual configuration program CPU,convenient service port access,and capacity for up to 2500 addressable points =-- • • CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on-site system programming and information storage • System power supply(SPS)and charger(9 A total)with on-board:NACs,IDNet addressable device interface, . programmable auxiliary output and alarm relay - • Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user interface(see data sheet 54100-0045) 4100ES Cabinets are Available with • Upgrade kits are available for existing control panels One,Two or Three Bays Standard addressable interfaces include: • IDNet addressable device interface with 250 points that Software Feature Summary support TrueAlarm analog sensing and operate with CPU provides dual configuration programs: either shielded or unshielded twisted pair wiring • Two programs allow for optimal system protection and • Remote annunciator module support via RUI(remote unit interface)communications port commissioning efficiency with one active program and one reserve Optional modules include: • Downtime is reduced because the system stays running • Building Network Interface Module(BNIC)for Ethernet during download connectivity options(see data sheet S4100-0061) PC based programmer features: • Electrically isolated output IDNet 2(two loop)and IDNet 2+2(four loop)modules with short circuit isolation • Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick output loops allowing use with either shielded or and easy download of site-specific programming unshielded,twisted or untwisted single pair wiring • Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded • Fire Alarm Network Interfaces,DACTs,city connections, for greater service flexibility and up to five(5)RS-232 ports for printers and terminals • AND,firmware enhancements are made via software • IP communicator compatibility downloads to the on-board flash memory • MAPNET II addressable device modules and Introduction MAPNET II quad isolator modules • Alarm relays,auxiliary relays,additional power 4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels supplies,IDC modules,NAC expansion modules provide extensive installation,operator,and service features • Service modems,VESDA Air Aspiration Systems with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of interface,ASHRAE BACnet Interface,TCP/IP Bridges system applications.An on-board Ethernet port provides fast • LED/switch modules and panel mount printers external system communications to expedite installation and • Emergency communications systems(ECS)equipment; service activity.Dedicated compact flash memory archiving 8 channel digital audio or 2 channel analog audio provides secure on-site system information storage of • Battery brackets for seismic area protection(see page 2) electronic job configuration files to meet NFPA 72(National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code)requirements. Compatible with Simplex®remotely located 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, up to ten per IDNet Modular design.A wide variety of functional modules SLC are available to meet specific system requirements. Selections allow panels to be configured for either 4100ES and upgrade kits are UL Listed to: Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation.InfoAlarm • UL 864,Fire Detection and Control(UOJZ),and Smoke Command Center options provide convenient expanded Control Service(UUKL) display content(detailed on data sheet S4100-0045). • UL 2017,Process Management Equipment(QVAX) • UL 1076,Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar(APOU) * See pages 5 and 6 for product that is UL or ULC listed and additional listing information. This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to • UL 1730,Smoke Detector Monitor(UULH) Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing • UL 2572,Mass Notification Systems(PGWM));refer 7165-0026:251(4100ES)for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.Accepted for use—City of New York Department of Buildings— to data sheet S4100-0034 for audio equipment MEA35-93E.Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product • ULC S527,Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Module Ba Descri•tion Mechanical Description (Continued) The Master Controller Bay(top)includes a standard • The latching dress panel(retainer)assembly easily multi-featured system power supply,the master controller lifts off for internal access board,and operator interface equipment. • NACs are mounted directly on power supply The Expansion Bays include a Power Distribution assemblies providing minimized wiring loss,compact size,and readily accessible terminations Interface(PDI)for new 4"x 5"flat design option • Packaging supports traditional 4100-style modules and also accommodate 4100-style modules. motherboard with daughter cards The Battery Compartment(bottom)accepts two • Modules are power-limited(except as noted,such as batteries,up to 50 Ah,to be mounted within the cabinet relay modules) without interfering with module space. • The NEMA 1/IP30 box is ordered separately and available for early installation The following illustration identifies bay locations using a • Doors are available with tempered glass inserts or three bay cabinet for reference. solid;boxes and doors are available in platinum or red • Boxes and door/retainer assemblies are ordered separately per system requirements;refer to data sheet Slot 1) b[ S4100-0037 for details (Slot 2': l; (-1 Operator Interface Detail Reference (si is)1 4----)-1 Master The following illustration identifies the primary functions Controller Bay u u slot a� of the operator interface. II /-o ®" Operator interface panel is directly Master controller with, viewable and accessible(no access door) dual slot motherboard System power supply) eM dz.., MM 0 ill SYSTEM IS NORMAL i •• i tli ® 12:25:15 am WED 03-5E5-15 [Expansion Bay 1 ":up 01 ...W.;.... w - — ••• II°i � —of •• •• = 1ii• 0[ 1 t. 0® •• 01 i co a 01 1000 _ 0 0 ----- Emeryency OgrNnO�Mmclbn° Typical bays with mixed module sizes Tww o Upload/Download Basic operator instructions Panel sounder [Expansion Bay 2 Ethernet port access are printed on the interface H-1 1 1 IH (under sliding cover) mounting plate I Software Feature Summary 111 """" ' • TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel information and selection access • "Dirty"TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts,service [Battery Compartment and status reports including"almost dirty" LV \ • TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct "test abnormal"message on display when in test mode • TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report 4100ES Module Bay Reference • "Install Mode"allows grouping of multiple troubles for uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble condition(typical with future phased expansion);with Mechanical Descri•tion future equipment and devices grouped into a single • Boxes can be close-nippled;each box provides trouble,operators can more clearly identify events from the commissioned and occupied areas convenient stud markers for drywall thickness and • Module level ground fault searching assists installation nail-hole knockouts for quicker mounting and service by locating and isolating modules with • Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting grounded wiring conduit entrance holes exactly where required • "Recurring Trouble Filtering"allows the panel to • Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is recognize,process,and log recurring intermittent certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to troubles(such as external wiring ground faults),but ASCE 7 categories A through F,requires 4100-7912 only sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid option for additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and nuisance communications battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019 • WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an automatic self-resetting test cycle 2 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Operator Interface Operator Interface Features Convenient Status Information.With the locking • Convenient and extensive operator information is door closed,the glass window allows viewing of the provided using a logical,menu-driven display display,status LEDs,and available operator switches. • Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for Features include a two-line by 40-character,wide viewing maintenance reduction angle(super-twist)LCD with status LEDs and switches as shown in the illustration below. • Alarm and Trouble History Logs(up to 1250 entries for each,2500 total events)are available for viewing from LED indicators describe the general category of activity the LCD,or capable of being printed to a connected being displayed with the LCD providing more detail.For printer,or downloaded to a service computer the authorized user,unlocking the door provides access to the control switches and allows further inquiry by • Convenient PC programmer label editing scrolling the display for additional detail. • Password access control FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition,logs the acknowledge,and silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR LEDs PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm provide system status indications in addition condition,logs the acknowledge,and silences the to LCD information,LEDs flash to indicate the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts 'ULC SYSTEMS "\ condition and then when acknowledged, SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory require designating remain on until reset: a Ground Fault Fire Alarm&Priority 2 Alarm,red LED conditions,logs the acknowledge,and silences the indicator J Supervisory&Trouble,yellow LED operator panel and all annunciator tone alerts Alarm Silenced,yellow LED TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles,logs AC Power,green LED(on for normal) the acknowledge,and silences the operator panel and . } all annunciator tone-alerts r . THREE PROGRAMMABLE LEDs N ALARM SILENCE causes audible and visible provide custom labeling,the top (2 X 40 LCD READOUT,LED backlighted notification appliances to be silenced(default operation, two LEDs are selectable as red or during normal conditions and abnormal may be modified through panel programming for yellow,the bottom LED is operating conditions,provides up to 40 compliance with local requirements) selectable as green or yellow characters for custom label information l— J SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when FIRST ALARM DISPLAY:Operation can all alarmed inputs are returned to normal Custom label insert) be selected for maintained display of first alarm until acknowledged I ' i • oar 71SYSTEM IS NORMAL (Waterflow-West 24- TH i..,v. ce 15 on S) t��: c JKL PPR T 1•- • LI io Ground Fault ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS u._IDNet AC Power Fire Alarm Priod 1Alarm Su rerviso Trouble Alarm Silenced sru vwz vz, cJ\ Manual Evac li O • • • I ^ -1 . is Alarm System s• • 1(\ J\ City Disconnect sR 1' Silence Reset [' Elevator Recall More n • y�lExit Info Previous O mi..- mea Almost Dirty 0 CI xexCai v Ground Fault l Lamp Latch 0 �� Test iA FIVE PROGRAMMABLE` POINT STATUS ADDITIONAL FUNCTION, rLCD NAVIGATION'1NUMERIC KEYPAD for FUNCTION SWITCHES, CONTROL KEYS: KEYS: CONTROL: point category and point each with a yellow LED Point Enable and Event Time Request Menu selection selection(alphabet indicator Disable More Information Request Vertical and characters are not used at Force On or Arm Lamp Test Horizontal position `this time) J Force Off or Disarm selection buttons Return On/Off or ` , Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode . 3 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Compatible Peripheral Devices TrueAlarm System Operation The 4100ES is compatible with an extensive list of remote Addressable device communications include operation of peripheral devices including printers,CRT/keyboards(up to TrueAlarm smoke and temperature sensors. Smoke five total),and both conventional and addressable devices sensors transmit an output value based on their smoke including TrueAlarm analog sensors. chamber condition and the CPU maintains a current Addressable Device Control value,peak value,and an average value for each sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor Overview.The 4100ES provides standard addressable value to its average value.Tracking this average value as device communications for IDNet compatible devices and a continuously shifting reference point filters out accepts optional modules for communications with environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity. MAPNET II compatible devices.Using a two wire Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be communications circuit,individual devices such as manual selected at the control panel for different levels of smoke fire alarm stations,TrueAlarm sensors,conventional IDC obscuration(shown directly in percent)or for specific zones,and sprinkler waterflow switches can be interfaced to heat detection levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity the addressable controller to communicate their identity and should be revised,the peak value is stored in memory and status. can be easily read and compared to the alarm threshold Addressability allows the location and condition of the directly in percent. connected device to be displayed on the operator interface LCD and on remote system annunciators.Additionally, CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing control circuits(fans,dampers,etc.)may be individually module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a controlled and monitored with addressable devices. single multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled,used in Addressable Operation. Each addressable device on the LED/Switch modes and custom control,and can be made communication channel is continuously interrogated for public for communication across a fire alarm Network. status condition such as:normal,off-normal,alarm, (refer to data sheet S4098-0052 for details) supervisory,or trouble.Both Class B and Class A operation are available. Sophisticated poll and response TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and temperature detection,with or without rate-of-rise allow for"T-tapping"of the circuit for Class B operation. detection.Utility temperature sensing is also available, Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC communications poll and can be turned on steady from the system problems.Readings can selected as either panel. Fahrenheit or Celsius. IDNet Channel Capacity. The CPU bay system power TrueSense Early Fire Detection.Multi-sensor supply(SPS)provides an IDNet signaling line circuit(SLC) 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data that supports up to 250 addressable monitor and control using a single 4100ES IDNet address.The panel evaluates points intermixed on the same pair of wires.Additional 250 smoke activity,heat activity,and their combination,to point IDNet circuit modules are available,refer to IDNet 2 provide TrueSense early detection.For more details on and IDNet 2+2 modules on page 7. this operation,refer to data sheet S4098-0024. IDNet, MAPNET II, IDNet 2,and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Diagnostics and Default Device Type Common Specifications Maximum Distance 1 to 125 4000 ft(1219 m);50 ohms Sensor Status.TrueAlarm operation allows the control from Control Panel panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet(762 m);35 ohms dirty,dirty,and excessively dirty.The NFPA 72 Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the Connections (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) sensors is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation IDNet and MAPNET II Specifications to maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO Preferred Shielded twisted pair(STP) Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing Wire Type indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur Acceptable* Unshielded twisted pair(UTP) at: 1 year,6 months,and when end of life is reached. IDNet and MAPNET II Wiring, Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 10,000 ft(3 km);0.58 pF Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and T'Taps for Class B Wiring different sensor types(smoke or heat sensor)and can be IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Wiring Specifications easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements. Shielded or unshielded,twisted This allows intentional sensor substitution during building Wire Type or untwisted wire* construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft(3.8 km); Instead of covering smoke sensors(causing them to be "T"Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 pF disabled),heat sensors may be installed without Maximum Capacitance1 pF reprogramming the control panel.The control panel will Between IDNet 2 Channels indicate an incorrect sensor type,but the heat sensor will IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module Compatibility: IDNet operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection communicating devices and TrueAlarm sensors including for building protection at that location. QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your system with your local Simplex product supplier. 4 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 CPU Ba Module Details System Power Supply (Continued): • Three,3 A On-Board NACs,conventional reverse Master Controller and Motherboard: polarity operation;rated 3 A for Special Application • Mounts in Slot 4 of a two slot motherboard(Slots 3 and 4 appliances and 2 A for Regulated 24 DC power,with of the Master Controller Bay)and provides one Class B or electronic control and overcurrent protection; selectable Class A,RUI communications channel,available at Slot 4 as Class B or Class A,and for synchronized strobe or • RUI communications controls up to 31 devices per master SmartSync horn/strobe operation over two wires controller(on one or multiple RUI channels);devices • NACs can be selected as auxiliary power outputs include:MINIPLEX transponders,4603-9101 LCD derated to 2 A for continuous duty;the total auxiliary Annunciators,4602-9101 Status Command Units(SCU), power output per SPS is limited to 5 A 4602-9102 Remote Command Units(RCU),4602 Series • Battery Charger is dual rate,temperature compensated, LED Annunciator Panels,and 4100 Series 24 I/O and and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries LED/Switch modules mounted in the battery compartment(33 Ah for single • Up to four RUI channels are supported;use up to three bay cabinets);also is UL listed for charging up to 4100-1291 RUI expansion modules as required 110 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet(see • Optional Service Modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the data sheet S2081-0012 for details) master controller board with its own on-board connections • Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery • Slot 3 of the motherboard is primarily for the 4100-6078 charger status and low or depleted battery conditions; Network Interface Board with media modules,and status information provided to the master controller secondarily for the 4100-6038 Dual RS 232 Board includes analog values for:battery voltage,charger (4100-6038 is required for 2120 System connections) voltage and current,actual system voltage and current, and individual NAC currents System Power Supply: (see page 9 for more detail) • 2 A Auxiliary Power Output is selectable for detector • Rating is 9 A total with"Special Application"appliances; reset,door holder,or coded output operation 4 A total for"Regulated 24 DC"appliance power • Auxiliary Relay is selectable as N.O. or N.C.,rated 2 A • Outputs are power-limited,except for the battery charger @ 32 VDC,and is programmable as a trouble relay, • Provides system power,battery charging,auxiliary power, either normally energized or normally de-energized,or auxiliary relay,earth detection,on-board IDNet as an auxiliary control communications channel for 250 points,three on-board • Optional City Connect Module(4100-6031,with NACs,and provisions for either an optional City Connect disconnect switches,or 4100-6032,without disconnect Module or an optional Alarm Relay Module switches)can be selected for conventional dual circuit • IDNet SLC Output provides Class B or Class A city connections communications for up to 250 addressable devices(as • Optional Alarm Relay Module(4100-6033)provides described on page 4) three Form C relays that are used for Alarm,Trouble, and Supervisory,rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC Master Controller Selection Information 4100ES Master Controller and Expansion Bay Selection*(Canadian models have low battery cutout) Model Model Type and Listing Description Supv.** I Alarm** 4100-9111 120 VAC Input UL_ 4100ES Master Controller Assembly with LCD and 4100-9112 English operator interface,9 A system power supply/battery 4100-9113 French 120 VAC, Canadian ULC charger(SPS),250 point IDNet interface,3 NACs, 373 mA 470 mA 4100-9211 220-240 VAC Input UL auxiliary relay,and external RUI communications interface 4100-9131 120 VAC Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly,no display,no 4100-9132 English, 120 VAC,Canadian ULC operator interface,9 A system power supply/battery 363 mA 425 mA charger(SPS),250 point IDNet interface,3 NACs, 4100-9230 220-240 VAC Input UL auxiliary relay,and external RUI communications interface Redundant Master Controller with a two bay assembly,one for each of the primary and backup 4100-9121 master controllers.Both bays have an LCD and operator interface,CPU card assembly,and 9 A (not ULC system power supply(SPS)120 VAC,60 Hz input.Active SPS battery charger in Bay 1 only. 718 mA 937 mA listed) External RUI connections require 4100-1291 RUI expansion modules. Do not use circuit connections(IDNet,NACs,etc.)on primary and secondary SPS power supplies. 4100ES Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels* Model Panel Type Includes 4100-7150 1000 pt 4100(4100+) New Master Controller CPU card,4100ES door assembly with LCD and user interface,and Ethernet connection 4100-7152 512 pt 4100 Same as 4100-7150 plus a Universal Power Supply New Master Controller CPU card with Ethernet Connection Upgrade Kit(door assembly with 41000 or LCD and user interface are not included)for: 1000 pt 4100(4100+) • 4100U with or without LCD and operator interface,or 4100-7158 previously upgraded • 4100+without LCD and operator interface,or to 4100U • An existing 4100(512 pt)or 4100+(1000 pt)panel that was previously upgraded to a 4100U Master Controller and Display *For InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products,refer to data sheet 54100-0045. (Continued on next page) **Note:Master Controller current does not subtract from 9 A output rating. 5 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Master Controller Selection Information (Continued) Master Controller Accessories 4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly; order for each required expansion bay(not required for 4100-9121) 4100-2303 Legacy Module Stabilizer Bracket, used when expansion bays have legacy slot style modules Expansion Bay Upgrade Kit for mounting 4100ES style(4"x 5"modules)in existing 4100 style panels; 4100-2301 Note:When using this kit to upgrade a 4100+transponder,a 4100-0620 Transponder Interface Card(TIC)is also required for communications to the 4100ES module Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4020 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel Model Description 4020 Master Controller Upgrade to 4100ES; Includes New Master Controller with LCD&operator interface assembly, 4100-9833 8 VDC Converter and RUI Interface in a single bay cabinet with locking glass door and retainer; mounts as an adjunct panel close-nippled to existing 4020 cabinet;also includes 8 VDC box-to-box power and communications harness and solid filler panel for the existing 4020 Master Controller bay Module Selection Information Communication Modules Model Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-6078 For Master Controller; mounts in Slot 3 Modular Network Interface;each requires 1 Slot 46 mA 46 mA 4100-6061 For Redundant Master Controller two media modules(below) 1 Slot 46 mA 46 mA 4100-6056 Wired Media Module Select two media cards as required; mounts on N.A. 55 mA 55 mA 4100-6057 Fiber Optic Media Module 4100-6078 or 4100-6061;Class B or Class X operation N.A. 25 mA 25 mA 4100-6047 Building Network Interface Card (BNIC), refer to data sheet S4100-0061 for details 2 Blocks 291 mA 291 mA 4100 6055 Network Access Dial-in Service Modem, mounts to 4100-6078 or 4100-6061 Network N.A. 60 mA 60 mA Interface Card, requires telephone line connection 4100-1291 Remote Unit Interface Module(RUI); up to three maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA 4100 6030 Service Port Modem, local panel access only, mounts to Master Controller Module, N.A. 70 mA 70 mA requires telephone line connection,accesses same information as front panel port 4100-6031 City Circuit,with disconnect switches For use with SPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA 4100-6032 Select one per City Circuit,w/o disconnect switches only, not RPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA SPS(fits on SPS) 4100-6033 Alarm Relay,3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC;for SPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA 4100-6101 Physical Bridge, Class B, includes 1 modem module and 2 wired modules 1 Slot 210 mA 210 mA 4100-6102 Physical Bridge, Class X, includes 2 modem and 2 wired modules 2 Slots 300 mA 300 mA 4100-6038 Dual Port RS-232 with 2120 interface(slot module) 3 maximum of RS-232 type 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface(4 x 5 module) modules per panel 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA 4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA 4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100 6052 DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected;2 max. per 1 Slot 30 mA 40 mA system; includes 2,2080-9047 cables, 14 ft(4.3 m)long, RJ45 plug and spade lugs Expansion, System and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (Canadian models have low battery cutout) Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply(XPS);9 A output, 3 built-in 4100-5103 120 VAC,Canadian ULC Class A/B NACs; NAC operation is same as SPS, see 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA 4100-5102 220-240 VAC 1UL page 5 for details 4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module,3 NACs,Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA 4100-5111 120 VAC UL Additional System Power Supply(SPS); 9 A power 4100-5112 120 VAC,Canadian ULC supply/charger with 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA 4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL A/B NACs,add IDNet device currents separately 4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply(RPS); 9 A power 4100-5126 120 VAC,Canadian ULC supply/charger similar to SPS except no IDNet channel 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA 4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL or City Circuits;will accept one 4100-6033 Continued on next page 6 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Module Selection Information (Continued Expansion, System and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (Continued) Model Description Size Current 4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum 4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules, 3 A maximum 1 Block included w/loads 4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit(non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet 4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; need when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from SPS 8 Zone Initiating Device Circuits* Expansion Signal Module and Options(1.5 A Class B except as noted) Model Type Supv. Alarm Model Description Supv. Alarm 4100-5005 Class B 75 mA 195 mA 4100-5116 Converts 1 NAC in to 3 NACs out; 1 Block size 18 mA 80 mA 4100-5015 Class A 75 mA 195 mA 4100-1266 Expands 3 NACs to 6 select one; mounts 0.6 mA 60 mA *IDC Modules are 1 Slot size 4100-1267 Converts 3 NACs to Class A on 4100-5116 0.6 mA 30 mA Addressable Interface Modules (refer to location reference on pages 8 and 9) Model Description Supv. Alarm no devices 50 mA 60 mA IDNet 2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with two short 4100-3109" circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block;standard on EPS with 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA IDNet 2 Module;alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA IDNet 2+2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with four no devices 50 mA 60 mA short circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 4100-3110* expansion bay or available master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for EPS mounting;alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA 20 device LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA 4100-3111* IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module;for use with 4100-3109 modules;this option is for aftermarket field installation only *Note: Loading per IDNet device(no LEDs on)=0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm. Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation. Model Description Supv. Alarm MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity,add devices Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA 4100-3102 separately; Module size=2 Slots; Loading per MAPNET II device= 1.7 mA Fully loaded module,total 471 mA 491 mA Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications;converts a single connected SLC 4100 3103 into four isolated outputs selectable as Class A or Class B; up to two Isolator Modules 50 mA 50 mA can be connected to one SLC; Module size= 1 Slot; NOTE: Compatible with MAPNET II Remote Isolators only Relay Modules; Nonpower-limited (for mounting in expansion bay only, refer to location reference on pages 8 and 9) Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm 4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A 250 VAC 10 A 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA 4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2 A 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA 4100-3206 8 SPDT 3 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1-1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA System Option for Seismic Compliance Model Description System option for Seismic compliance,provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy 4100-7912 style cards Current Calculation Notes: 1. To determine total supervisory current,add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all external loads powered by panel power supplies. 2. To determine total alarm current,add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel NAC loads and all external loads powered from panel power supplies. Continued on next page 7 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Module Selection Information (Continued End User Programming Software (requires 4100-8802) Model Description 4100-8802 Programming Software(select) End User Programming Software Selection (select maximum of one each from below) Model Description 4100-0292 Custom Labels Editing;allows editing of 40 Character Custom Labels for non-system user points Access Level/Passcode Editing;allows user to re-assign Access Levels and Passcodes for each display function; 4100-0296 Acknowledge,Alarm Silence,System Reset, Point Enable/Disable,WALKTEST Enable/Disable,Clear History Logs, Change Time&Date,etc. 4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control;Allows vectoring of events to PC Annunciator, Printers, LCD Annunciators,etc. WALKTEST Configuration Setup and Control;Allows user to create or edit WALKTEST groups used to test system 4100-0298 initiating devices and signals by a single person,these groups allow an inspector to conduct a one-person WALKTEST in a specific area of a building(or different buildings),and limit the activation of the building signals to only the intended area; up to 8 WALKTEST groups are supported Miscellaneous Accessories Model Description 4100-1279 Single blank 2"display cover;4100-2302 provides a single plate for a full bay 4100-9856* 4100ES Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex,4100ES, Contrale Incendie 4100-9857* 4100ES English Appliqué Kit; Simplex,4100ES, Fire Control 4100-9858* 4100ES InfoAlarm Remote Display English Appliqué Kit; Simplex, Operator Interface,4100ES 4100-9859* 4100ES InfoAlarm Remote Display Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex, Interface de l'operateur,4100ES 4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit,4100ES 4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex,Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station,4100ES 4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit(for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules 4100-6029 Smoke Management Application Guide; required for UUKL listing 4100-6034 Tamper Switch,one per cabinet assembly if required; monitors solid door for panels with solid door; monitors the internal retainer panel for panels with glass door(not the glass door); has a built-in addressable IDNet IAM Series resistor for WSO, IDCs(N.O.water flow and tamper on same circuit,wires after water flow and before tamper) 2081-9031 470 0, 1 W, encapsulated,two 18 AWG leads(0.82 mm2), 2-1/2"L x 1-3/8"W x 1"H(64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm) *Note: 4100ES English Appliqués are included with 4100ES Upgrade and Retrofit Kits for mounting 4100ES in 4100,2120,2001, and Autocall back boxes so that upgrades can be easily identified as 4100ES.4100ES Appliqué Kits are available for applications such as to update Remote InfoAlarm Displays connected to a panel that was upgraded to 4100ES or for an existing 4100U when the New Master Controller is upgraded to 4100ES and only a software upgrade is required.When required, French appliqués are ordered separately. Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Description Mounting 8 8 IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2 Modules 1 Block 4,2 A Relays 1 block O4, 10 A Relays Poower-limited 4",2 slots Block A Block C Block E Block G 8,3 A Relays 1 block VESDA Interface 2", 1 Slot Class B IDC 2", 1 Slot Class A IDC 2", 1 Slot MAPNET II Module 4",2 Slots MAPNET II/IDNet Isolator 2", 1 Slot Class B Physical Bridge 2", 1 Slot Block B Block D Block F Block H Class X Physical Bridge 4",2 Slots �l �l Decoder Module 6",3 Slots U U System or Remote Power Supply Blocks E, F,G&H ONLY Expansion Bay Chassis Expansion Power Supply Blocks G&H ONLY Size Definitions:Block=4"W x 5"H(102 mm x 127 mm)card area NAC Expansion Module On XPS ONLY Slot=2"W x 8"H(51 mm x 203 mm)motherboard with daughter card 8 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 General S•ecifications System Power Supplies(SPS) 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC,60 Hz Input Expansion Power Supplies(XPS) 220-240 VAC 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz; Power Remote Power Supplies(RPS) Models separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC Power Supply Output Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; Output switches Ratings for SPS,XPS, Output Rating 9 A total for"Special Application"appliances;4 A total for to battery backup and RPS "Regulated 24 DC"power(see below for details) during mains AC (nominal 28 VDC on Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum failure or AC;24 VDC on battery NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC brownout backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total conditions Special Application Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes(contact your Simplex product Appliances representative for compatible appliances) Regulated 24 DC Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required Appliances Battery Charger Battery capacity range UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah(batteries larger than 50 Ah Ratings for SPS and require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries RPS(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated,dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 batteries) and performance hours per UL Standard 864;to 70%capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527 Operating Temperature 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Environmental Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F(32°C)maximum Additional Technical Installation Instructions 574-848 Reference Operating Instructions 579-197 Mounting and CPU Bay Module Reference (* indicates supplied modules) Slot 3,one 2"card:either 4100-6078 Network Module with media cards or 4100-6038 Dual RS-232 1 4100-6030 Service Modem mounts u Master Controller Bay only on master controller board Two,2",or one,4"slot for • 0 one or two modules installed / Knockout Cabinet height: per the following: r I I` 4100-6031 or 4100-6032 screw/nail (2 bay shown I IIS City Circuit or 4100-6033 holes(for for reference) 4100-6052 DACT,Slot 1 Slot 1 II 0 Alarm Relay semi-flush 4100-6101 Physical Bridge, si°rzsi°ts) r mounting) 1(Bag 111==:45m60))1 m) Slot 2 0 .® a 2 Bay=40" 4100-6102 Physical Bridge .w. (1016 mm) (4"module)Slots 1 and 2 *Master controller 1 (*System power supply j For semi-flush 4100-6048 VESDA Interface, with motherboard J mounting provideII 32:1 Bay= m) Slot 1 ort "°" °" "°" 1/2"(12.7 mm) (1422 mm) minimum extension 1 Wall board 4100-5005/5015 IDC Modules, C Slot 1 or 2 . ., beyond finished wall reference for semi-flush 4100-6038 Dual RS-232, ,o, I I I 1� '`°'!- mounting, Slot 2,if Network Module is 6"stud in Slot 3 Typical Expansion Bay o-aM CEM @8-0 o�o Stud (showing mixed module sizes) / alignment markers, Two bay cabinet,-----v' each side 4"stud shown without retainer Door 4-3/4" 6"stud (121 mm) II II I [Battery Compartment 0 V Door can be hung hinged left or right 24"(610 mm) ► 6-29/32" (175 mm) [Optional semi-flush trim kit] 11-11/16" 0 (296 mm) NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices.This connection shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70,Article 250, and NFPA 780. 9 S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Additional 4100ES Data Sheet Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Introducing the 4100ES S4100-0060 SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062 4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037 Agent Release Applications S4100-0040 4100ES Control Panels with EPS+Power Supplies S4100-0100 Fire Alarm Network Overview S4100-0055 for TrueAlert Addressable Notification Network Communications S4100-0056 4100ES Audio and Firefighter Phone Modules S4100-0034 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0036 LED/Switch Modules&Printer S4100-0032 Addressable Device Compatibility S4090-0011 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 Remote Battery Charger S4081-0002 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0035 TFX Interface Module S4100-0042 Building Network Interface(BNIC) S4100-0061 Master Clock Interface S4100-0033 InfoAlarm Command Center S4100-0045 2120 BMUX Module S4100-0048 Graphic I/O Modules S4100-0005 Truelnsight Remote Service S4100-0063 TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.VESDA is a trademark ofXtralis Ply Ltd.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of ASHRAE,American Society of Heating,Refrigeration,and Air Conditioning Engineers. ES i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0031-33 1/2016 0 www.simplex-fire.com ©2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 93®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Basic Panel Modules and Accessories Features Master Controller(top) bay: • 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface including raised switches for high confidence feedback • Dual configuration program CPU,convenient service port access,and capacity for up to 2500 addressable points =-- • • CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on-site system programming and information storage • System power supply(SPS)and charger(9 A total)with on-board:NACs,IDNet addressable device interface, . programmable auxiliary output and alarm relay - • Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user interface(see data sheet 54100-0045) 4100ES Cabinets are Available with • Upgrade kits are available for existing control panels One,Two or Three Bays Standard addressable interfaces include: • IDNet addressable device interface with 250 points that Software Feature Summary support TrueAlarm analog sensing and operate with CPU provides dual configuration programs: either shielded or unshielded twisted pair wiring • Two programs allow for optimal system protection and • Remote annunciator module support via RUI(remote unit interface)communications port commissioning efficiency with one active program and one reserve Optional modules include: • Downtime is reduced because the system stays running • Building Network Interface Module(BNIC)for Ethernet during download connectivity options(see data sheet S4100-0061) PC based programmer features: • Electrically isolated output IDNet 2(two loop)and IDNet 2+2(four loop)modules with short circuit isolation • Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick output loops allowing use with either shielded or and easy download of site-specific programming unshielded,twisted or untwisted single pair wiring • Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded • Fire Alarm Network Interfaces,DACTs,city connections, for greater service flexibility and up to five(5)RS-232 ports for printers and terminals • AND,firmware enhancements are made via software • IP communicator compatibility downloads to the on-board flash memory • MAPNET II addressable device modules and Introduction MAPNET II quad isolator modules • Alarm relays,auxiliary relays,additional power 4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels supplies,IDC modules,NAC expansion modules provide extensive installation,operator,and service features • Service modems,VESDA Air Aspiration Systems with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of interface,ASHRAE BACnet Interface,TCP/IP Bridges system applications.An on-board Ethernet port provides fast • LED/switch modules and panel mount printers external system communications to expedite installation and • Emergency communications systems(ECS)equipment; service activity.Dedicated compact flash memory archiving 8 channel digital audio or 2 channel analog audio provides secure on-site system information storage of • Battery brackets for seismic area protection(see page 2) electronic job configuration files to meet NFPA 72(National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code)requirements. Compatible with Simplex®remotely located 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, up to ten per IDNet Modular design.A wide variety of functional modules SLC are available to meet specific system requirements. Selections allow panels to be configured for either 4100ES and upgrade kits are UL Listed to: Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation.InfoAlarm • UL 864,Fire Detection and Control(UOJZ),and Smoke Command Center options provide convenient expanded Control Service(UUKL) display content(detailed on data sheet S4100-0045). • UL 2017,Process Management Equipment(QVAX) • UL 1076,Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar(APOU) * See pages 5 and 6 for product that is UL or ULC listed and additional listing information. This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to • UL 1730,Smoke Detector Monitor(UULH) Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing • UL 2572,Mass Notification Systems(PGWM));refer 7165-0026:251(4100ES)for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.Accepted for use—City of New York Department of Buildings— to data sheet S4100-0034 for audio equipment MEA35-93E.Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product • ULC S527,Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. S4100-0031-33 1/2016 Introduction Mechanical Descri stion 4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels • Boxes can be close-nippled;each box provides provide extensive installation,operator,and service features convenient stud markers for drywall thickness and with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of nail-hole knockouts for quicker mounting system applications.An on-board Ethernet port provides fast • Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting external system communications to expedite installation and conduit entrance holes exactly where required service activity.Dedicated compact flash memory archiving • Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is provides secure on-site system information storage of certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7 electronic job configuration files to meet NFPA 72(National categories A through F,requires 4100-7912 option for Fire Alarm and Signaling Code)requirements. additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and battery Modular design.A wide variety of functional modules are brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019 available to meet specific system requirements. Selections • The latching front panel assembly easily lifts off for allow panels to be configured for either Stand-Alone or internal access Networked fire control operation. • Modules are power-limited(except as noted,such as relay modules) Module Ba Descri•tion • The NEMA 1/IP30 box is ordered separately and The Master Controller Bay(top)includes a standard available for early installation multi-featured enhanced power supply(EPS)with IDNet 2 • Doors are available with tempered glass inserts or solid; Module,the master controller board,two vertical expansion boxes and doors are available in platinum or red blocks,and operator interface equipment. • Boxes and door/retainer assemblies are ordered separately The Expansion Bays include a Power Distribution per system requirements;refer to data sheet S4100-0037 Interface(PDI)for connection of single or multiple block modules,and/or slot style(motherboard/daughter card) Operator Interface Detail Reference modules. The following illustration identifies the primary functions of The Battery Compartment(bottom)accepts two the operator interface. batteries,up to 50 Ah,to be mounted within the cabinet Operator interface panel is directly without interfering with module space. viewable and accessible(no access door) Il 4100-6080 DACT Master Controller Bay - �, SYSTEM 1s NORMAL 12:25:15 am WED 03-OEC-la mounting location .® 1 ,„„IT.,_ ..:..a..°.. rt .. . ••• o .... .... .. 01 of •• •• =J • moi• s= _Optional 4190-6104 01 • •• 1 ]- Truelnsight Module JI Oi 1 00 oil gm o u lo ,„, mounting location 01 1 Cr 00 • 0 0 PDI board with two/ ] e_� M�DPef M 9'1rv�an5 w =.,, connectors available ,.,...:"E [Master controller with EPS Power Supply „. dual slot motherboard .. ba with IDNet 2 Module Upload/Download Basic operator instructions Panel sounder W e W W ® Ethernet port access are printed on the interface �,°, (under sliding cover) mounting plate Expansion Bay 1� ” ` Software Feature Summary ° 1 1 1 IH • "Install Mode”allows grouping of multiple troubles for uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble condition(typical with future phased expansion);with Typical bays with future equipment and devices grouped into a single mixed module sizes trouble,operators can more clearly identify events from W W `:. the commissioned and occupied areas • Module level ground fault searching assists installation [Expansion Bay 2) and service by locating and isolating modules with R " I I I IH grounded wiring '" • "Recurring Trouble Filtering"allows the panel to W ® recognize,process,and log recurring intermittent troubles (such as external wiring ground faults),but only sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid nuisance communications Battery compartment) •• WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an I — automatic self-resetting test cycle • Support for TrueAlarm individual analog sensing and IDNAC addressable notification with front panel 4100ES Module Placement Reference in 3-Bay Cabinet information and selection access 2 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Operator Interface Operator Interface Features Convenient Status Information.With the locking door • Convenient and extensive operator information is closed,the glass window allows viewing of the display,status provided using a logical,menu-driven display LEDs,and available operator switches.Features include a • Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for two-line by 40-character,wide viewing angle(super-twist) maintenance reduction LCD with status LEDs and switches as shown in the • Alarm and Trouble History Logs(up to 1250 entries for illustration below. each,2500 total events)are available for viewing from the LED indicators describe the general category of activity LCD,or capable of being printed to a connected printer, being displayed with the LCD providing more detail.For the or downloaded to a service computer authorized user,unlocking the door provides access to the • Convenient PC programmer label editing control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling the • Password access control display for additional detail. FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition,logs the acknowledge,and silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts A \ SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR LEDs PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm provide system status indications in addition condition,logs the acknowledge,and silences the to LCD information,LEDs flash to indicate the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts rULC SYSTEMS -, condition and then when acknowledged, require designating remain on until reset: SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory a Ground Fault Fire Alarm&Priority 2 Alarm,red LED conditions,logs the acknowledge,and silences the indicator J Supervisory&Trouble,yellow LED operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts Alarm Silenced,yellow LED TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles,logs AC Power,green LED(on for normal) the acknowledge,and silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts THREE PROGRAMMABLE LEDs , - ALARM SILENCE causes audible and visible provide custom labeling,the top 2 X 40 LCD READOUT,LED backlighted notification appliances to be silenced(default operation, two LEDs are selectable as red or during normal conditions and abnormal may be modified through panel programming for yellow,the bottom LED is operating conditions,provides up to 40 compliance with local requirements) selectable as green or yellow characters for custom label information SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when FIRST ALARM DISPLAY:Operation can all alarmed inputs are returned to normal CCustom label insert) be selected for maintained display of first alarm until acknowledged A• • • ` C Waterflow-East SYSTEM IS NORMAL CWaterflow-West , JKL MHO PPR 12:2_5r. 15 on THU 24-OCT-15 • • • (Ground Fault ) ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power r 1 O O = =Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced s• v - CD Manual Evac J O Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv � 111 fe City Disconnect Ack Ack Ack 4k Silenee r D Elt C Elevator Recall MI More CIEilt Info Previous © ( Menu Almost Dirty Next O [ Ground Fault ` © 0 0Latch O O FIVE PROGRAMMABLE` POINT STATUS ADDITIONAL FUNCTION LCD NAVIGATION NUMERIC KEYPAD for FUNCTION SWITCHES, CONTROL KEYS: KEYS: CONTROL: point category and point each with a yellow LED Point Enable and Event Time Request Menu selection selection(alphabet indicator Disable More Information Request Vertical and characters are not used at N. . Force On or Arm Lamp Test Horizontal position \his time) Force Off or Disarm `• " selection buttons Return On/Off or ` Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode 3 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 IDNet Addressable Device and IDNAC Addressable Notification Appliance Control Overview.The 4100ES EPS power supply with IDNet 2 TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed Module provides addressable initiating device and IDNAC temperature detection,with or without rate-of-rise addressable notification appliance Signaling Line Circuits detection.Utility temperature sensing is also available, (SLCs)that supervise wiring connections and the individual typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC device/appliance communications status on their SLC.With system problems.Readings can selected as either these 2-wire SLCs,initiation,monitoring,and control devices Fahrenheit or Celsius. such as manual fire alarm stations,TrueAlarm sensors,control TrueSense Early Fire Detection.Multi-sensor relays,and sprinkler waterflow switches;and notification 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data appliances such as strobes and horns can communicate their using a single 4100ES IDNet address.The panel evaluates identity and status and receive fire alarm system control. smoke activity,heat activity,and their combination,to Additional interface modules include circuit isolators, provide TrueSense early detection.For more details on this conventional IDC zone adapters,and interface to other system operation,refer to data sheet S4098-0024. circuits such as fans,dampers,and elevator controls. Diagnostics and Default Device Type IDNet Addressable Device O•eration Sensor Status.TrueAlarm operation allows the control Each addressable device on an IDNet communication panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost channel is continuously interrogated for status condition such dirty,dirty,and excessively dirty.The NFPA 72 as:normal,off-normal,alarm,supervisory,or trouble.Both requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors Class B and Class A operation is available. Sophisticated poll is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation to and response communication techniques ensure supervision maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor.CO Sensors integrity and allow for"T-tapping"of the circuits for Class B track their 10 year active life status providing indicators to operation.Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate assist with service planning.Indicators occur at: 1 year,6 receipt of a communications poll and can be turned on steady months,and end of life. from the panel.With addressable devices,the location and Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and status of the connected device is monitored and logged,and different sensor types(smoke or heat sensor)and can be displayed on the operator interface LCD and on remote easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements. system annunciators with each device having its own 40 This allows intentional sensor substitution during building character custom label for precise identification. construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation Instead of covering smoke sensors(causing them to be disabled),heat sensors may be installed without Addressable initiating device communications reprogramming the control panel.The control panel will include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature indicate an incorrect sensor type,but the heat sensor will sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a building protection at that location. current value,peak value,and an average value for each IDNet Addressable Device Wiring Reference sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor value to its average value.Tracking this average value as a IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity.The CPU bay continuously shifting reference point filters out standard power supply(EPS)provides an IDNet 2 Module environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity. providing a signaling line circuit(SLC)that supports up to 250 addressable monitor and control points intermixed on the TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference same pair of wires.IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module SLCs are 111=1- _ ' II1P isolated from other system reference voltages to reduce _MI= IP•—� common mode noise interaction with adjacent system wiring. If UMI III I• ❑-ll Additional 250 address IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2 Modules are available. TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base Maximum Distance 1 to 125 4000 ft(1219 m);50 ohms from Control Panel Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet(762 m);35 ohms at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft(3.8 km); (shown directly in percent)or for specific heat detection "T"Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 pF levels.To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised, Maximum Capacitance Between 1 NF the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read(or IDNet 2 Channels downloaded as a report)and compared to the alarm threshold Loading0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm; p ) per device 2 mA per activated device LED directly in percent. Shielded or unshielded, CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing Wire Type and Connections twisted or untwisted wire* module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a singleConnections Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG multiple sensing assembly using one system address.The CO (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) sensor can be enabled/disabled,used in LED/Switch modes IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module Compatibility: IDNet and custom control,and can be made public for communicating devices and TrueAlarm sensors including communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors sheet S4098-0052 for details) *Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your system with your local Simplex product supplier. 4 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification Addressable notification appliance communications problem.Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only to individually identify its candela setting and address and to (V/O,strobe),Audible only(A/O,horn),Audible/Visible(A/V, briefly operate if desired,and using the TrueAlert ES horn/strobe),and strobes of Speaker/Visible(SN)notification Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance appliances.(SN appliances require separate speaker wiring.) verification per appliance. IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire circuit,confirms the wiring connections to the individual On-Board Test Sensors.TrueAlert ES appliances are notification appliance's electronic circuit,and confirms equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn communications between each appliance and the fire alarm output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing.When control panel.Addressable communications increases Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control panel,each supervision integrity versus conventional notification systems appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate by providing supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each and then report its Self-Test status to the control panel,all individual appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of within several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test each appliance to communicate with the control panel. only visible appliance if desired.The control panel is in a Individual Appliance Status and Settings.The fire alarm trouble condition during testing and in the event of an alarm, control panel monitors and records each addressable notification Self-Test is automatically terminated.Additionally,Automatic appliance status,type of appliance,and its configured appliance Self-Test can be scheduled to occur at a convenient time on a settings.A fault in any individual appliance automatically regular basis.(Requires version 2.03.01 or higher software.) reports a trouble condition to the control panel. Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference control panel with a time and date stamp and are stored in memory.Results are viewable at the front panel display and printed reports can be generated from the panel service port. -vlEz (See sample reports on page 11.) Individual Self-Test is selected from the control panel when 44400 individual appliances need to be observed to operate.Each 74: I E FI E FIRE appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED F Wuntil individually activated by applying a magnet.After NO(horn) V/O(strobe) A/V(horn/strobe) performing the individual test,the appliance LED turns off to Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience.For control indicate completion.Results are recorded the same as during the convenience,IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped automatic test. into Virtual NACS(VNACs)for group control,grouping that IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference can be made across SLCs,not defined by their wiring connection. EPS Power Supplies provide three,3 A IDNAC SLCs for Panel Control Convenience.Applicable operation settings control and power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable for each appliance can be programmed without having to notification appliances.Both power supplies incorporate an replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling.An efficient switching design that provides a regulated output of appliance's VNAC notification zone can be easily changed 29 VDC,even during battery operation.With 29 VDC through programming without having to add additional circuits, minimum output at the panel,addressable notification SLCs can conduit,and wiring.Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire support wiring distances 2 to 3 times farther than available with Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to conventional notification,or support more appliances per SLC, operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm or work with smaller gauge wiring,or combinations of these notification appliances.The result is lower installation,retrofit, benefits,all resulting in installation and maintenance savings and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with with high assurance that appliances that operate during normal traditional conventional notification systems. system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions. Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits. IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled IDNAC SLC Capacity:Up to 127 addresses and up to 139 unit separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC,installation time loads(appliances are typically one unit load,devices such as and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be Isolators may require more than one load,refer to individual significantly reduced.When Class B wiring is used,wiring can device data sheet for specific information) be"T-tapped"allowing more savings in distance,wire,conduit Recommended wire type UTP,unshielded twisted pair (size and utilization),and overall installation efficiency. Maximum wire length allowed with'T-Taps"for 10,000 ft(3048 m) Location Information, Diagnostics and Class B wiring,per SLC Troubleshooting.Each addressable notification appliance Maximum wire length per has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of SLC to any appliance 4000 ft(1219 m) the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions.In Appliance Supervisory 1 unit load=0.8 mA per appliance conventional notification systems,conventional appliances are Current not capable of communicating with the control panel.Fault Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG(0.82 reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit Wiring connections mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wiringand the entire area(zone)covered byappliances on the Installation Instructions(see pp for more information) 579-1015 notification appliance circuit(NAC)making it much more difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a 5 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Standard CPU Ba Module Details • Mounts in Slot 2 of a two slot motherboard and provides EPS with IDNet 2 Module Details (Continued): one Class B or Class A,RUI+isolated communications • DCAI(Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator)Module creates channel with earth fault detection two Class A outputs from one IDNAC SLC Class B • RUI+isolated communications controls up to 31 remote Input;up to two can be connected to one IDNAC SLC, devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft(762 m)for with up to 6 total per EPS;total Class A output loop single run,or 10,000 ft(3048 m)total if wiring is Class B current is limited to the 3 A rating of the IDNAC SLC and T-tapped;if more distance is required,up to four total • Battery Charger is dual rate,temperature RUI channels are supported;add up to three 4100-1291 compensated,and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid RUI Expansion Modules(4100-1291 provides unisolated batteries mounted in the battery compartment(33 Ah RUI communications) for single bay cabinets);also is UL listed for charging • Compatible RUI+remote equipment includes: up to 115 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet MINIPLEX transponders,4603-9101 LCD Annunciators, (see data sheet S2081-0012 for details) and 4100 Series 24 I/O and LED/Switch modules • Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery • RUI Expansion Module 4100-1291 is also compatible charger status and low or depleted battery conditions; with the RUI+remote equipment listed above;and is status information provided to the master controller required for control of 4602 Series LED/Switch and PO includes analog values for:battery voltage,charger Annunciator modules,including 4602-9101 Status voltage and current,actual system voltage and current, Command Units(SCU),and 4602-9102 Remote and individual IDNAC SLC currents Command Units(RCU);(refer to data sheet S4602-0001) • Low Battery Cutout is selectable for each EPS power • Open slot space on the left of the CPU motherboard is supply,Canadian models are shipped selected,other available for either another dual slot motherboard,or for models are shipped unselected one or two block modules(refer to diagram on page 2) 2 A Programmable Output: • Slot 1 of the motherboard is primarily for the 4100-6078 • Select for conventional non-synchronous NAC Network Interface Board with media modules EPS (Enhanced Power Supply)with IDNet 2 Module operation to provide supervised reverse polarity for Details: (see page 9 for specifications) sounder base power, Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP)power,or other coded NAC operation • Rating is 9 A output with"Special Application"appliances requirements • Outputs are power-limited,except for the battery charger • Select for Auxiliary(AUX)operation for sounder base • Provides system power,battery charging,auxiliary power, power,4-wire detector power,or door holder; earth detection,on-board electrically isolated IDNet 2 supervised AUX operation does not require an end-of- Module with 250 point SLC,three on-board 3 A IDNAC line relay to provide Power-Limited operation SLCs,and provisions for either an optional City Connect Module or an optional Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay Module EPS Mounted Optional Modules (select one): • IDNet 2 Module SLC Output provides Class B or Class A • City Connect Module(4100-6031,with disconnect communications for up to 250 addressable devices with switches,or 4100-6032,without disconnect switches) dual short circuit isolating loop outputs(see details on can be selected for conventional dual circuit city page 4) connections • Note: The"IDNet 2 Module"replaced the"IDNet 1+ • Alarm Relay Module(4100-6033)provides three Module"and the term"EPS with IDNet 2 Module" Form C relays that are used for Alarm,Trouble,and replaces the term"EPS+" Supervisory,rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC Master Controller Selection Information Master Controller and Expansion Bay Selection Model Model Type and Listing Description Current 4100-9311 120 VAC,50/60 Hz Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly with LCD 4100-9312 English 120 VAC,50/60 Hz display,operator interface and RUI+isolated output 4100-9313 French Canadian ULC communications interface;9 A EPS(Enhanced Power Supply)with battery charger,electrically isolated 250 point IDNet 2 Module,three Class B Without IDNet devices: IDNAC SLCs,one 2 A output configurable for Supervisory=425 mA 4100-9511 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input UL Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation and Alarm=735 mA expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option Note:Master Controller current does not subtract from 9 A output rating 4100-9331 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly;same as above models except without LCD Display and 4100-9332 120 VAC,50/60 Hz input, ULC Operator Interface Canadian, English 4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly;order for each required expansion bay 4100-2303 Slot Module Stabilizer Bracket,used when expansion bays have style modules (Continued on next page) 6 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Module Selection Information Communication Modules Model Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-6078 For Master Controller; mounts in Slot 3 Modular Network Interface; each requires 1 Slot 46 mA 46 mA 4100-6061 For Redundant Master Controller two media modules(below) 1 Slot 46 mA 46 mA 4100-6056 Wired Media Module Select two media cards as required; mounts on N.A. 55 mA 55 mA 4100-6057 Fiber Optic Media Module 4100-6078 or 4100-6061; Class B or Class X operation N.A. 25 mA 25 mA 4100-6047 Building Network Interface Card(BNIC), refer to data sheet S4100-0061 for details 2 Blocks 291 mA 291 mA 4100 6055 Network Access Dial-in Service Modem, mounts to 4100-6078 or 4100-6061 Network N.A. 60 mA 60 mA Interface Card, requires telephone line connection 4100-1291 Remote Unit Interface Module(RUI, unisolated); up to 3 maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA 4100-6031 Select one per EPS City Circuit,with disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA 4100-6032 (Note: maximum one City Circuit,w/o disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA City Circuit module 4100-6033 per panel) Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays,2 A @ 32 VDC N.A. 15 mA 37 mA 4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface(single block) 3 maximum RS-232 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA 4100-6038 Dual Port RS-232 with 2120 interface(slot module) Modules per panel 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100-6079 SafeLINC Internet Interface(refer to data sheet S4100-0062 for details) 2 Blocks 145 mA 145 mA 4190-6104 Truelnsight Remote Monitoring Module(refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for details) Side Mt. 62 mA 73 mA 4100-6101 Physical Bridge, Class B, includes 1 modem module and 2 wired modules 1 Slot 210 mA 210 mA 4100-6102 Physical Bridge, Class X, includes 2 modem and 2 wired modules 2 Slots 300 mA 300 mA 4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface(refer to data sheet S4100-0026 for details) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100-6080 DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected;2 max. per Side Mt. 30 mA 40 mA system; includes 2,2080-9047 cables, 14 ft(4.3 m)long, RJ45 plug and spade lugs Additional Enhanced Power Supplies, Expansion Power Supply,and Accessories (for additional non-addressable Power Supplies, refer to data sheet S4100-0031) Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-5311 120 VAC UL& Expansion EPS with IDNet 2 Module;9 A Expansion Power 225 mA 490 mA ULC Supply(EPS)with battery charger,electrically isolated 250 point 4 Blocks IDNet 2 Module,three Class B IDNAC SLCs,one 2 A output Right configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation,and Side add IDNet device 4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option; 120 currents separately VAC model has selectable low battery cutout 4100-5325 120 VAC UL& 4 Blocks ULC Enhanced Power Supply(EPS);9 A EPS,functionally identical Right 125 mA 220 mA to the Expansion EPS except without the IDNet 2 Module 4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL Side 4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply(XPS);9 A output, 3 built-in 120 VAC, Class A/B conventional (non-addressable)3 A NACs that can 4100-5103 Canadian ULC also be selected as 2 A auxiliary power output, 2 A separate 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA auxiliary power output;without battery charger; Canadian 4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL model has low battery cutout 4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module,3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator(DCAI),converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A or B output circuit;connect up to two DCAI Modules per IDNAC SLC 4100-6103 input up to a maximum of 6 DCAI Modules per EPS;each isolated output SLC used 1 Block 8.3 mA 18.5 mA requires one IDNAC address;the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3 A maximum 4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option,2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum 4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules,3 A maximum 1 Block included w/loads 4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit(non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet 4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; need when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from EPS System Option for Seismic Compliance Model Description 4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance,provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards Module Selection is continued on next page 7 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Module Selection Information (Continued Addressable Interface Modules (Note: Total of initiating SLCs per CPU, including VESDA Interface, is 30) Model Description Supv. Alarm IDNet 2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with two short no devices 50 mA 60 mA 4100-3109* circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA ZDNet 2 Module; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA IDNet 2+2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with four short no devices 50 mA 60 mA circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 4100-3110* bay or available master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA EPS mounting;alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device LEDs - in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module;for use with 4100-3111* 4100-3109 modules in expansion bays or available master controller bay module locations only; not applicable for mounting on a 4100-3109 mounted on an EPS;this option is for aftermarket field installation only Four Loop IDNet Master Controller;for the Master Controller Assemblies listed on page 6,this option moves the 4100-3112 standard IDNet 2 Module from the Master Controller EPS to an available block space in the master controller bay and adds 2,4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires selection of Factory Built Option 4100-7905; current requirements remain the same *Note: Loading per IDNet device(no LEDs on)=0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm. Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation. Relay Modules; Nonpower-limited (for mounting in expansion bay only, refer to location reference on page 10) Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm 4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A @ 250 VAC 10 A @ 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA 4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2 A @ 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA 4100-3206 8 SPDT 3 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1-1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA Current Calculation Notes: 1. To determine total supervisory current, add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all external loads powered by panel power supplies. 2. To determine total alarm current,add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel SLC and NAC loads and all external loads powered from panel power supplies. End User Programming Software(requires 4100-8802) Model Description 4100-8802 Programming Software(select) End User Programming Software Selection (select maximum of one each from below) Model Description 4100-0292 Custom Labels Editing; allows editing of 40 Character Custom Labels for non-system user points Access Level/Passcode Editing; allows user to re-assign Access Levels and Passcodes for each display function; 4100-0296 Acknowledge,Alarm Silence, System Reset, Point Enable/Disable,WALKTEST Enable/Disable, Clear History Logs, Change Time&Date,etc. 4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control;Allows vectoring of events to PC Annunciator, Printers, LCD Annunciators,etc. WALKTEST Configuration Setup and Control;Allows user to create or edit WALKTEST groups used to test system 4100-0298 initiating devices and signals by a single person,these groups allow an inspector to conduct a one-person WALKTEST in a specific area of a building(or different buildings),and limit the activation of the building signals to only the intended area; up to 8 WALKTEST groups are supported Miscellaneous Accessories Model Description 4100-1279 Single blank 2"display cover;4100-2302 provides a single plate for a full bay 4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit(for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules 4100-9856 4100ES Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex,4100ES, Controle Incendie 4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit,4100ES 4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex,Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station,4100ES 4100-6029 Smoke Management Application Guide; required for UUKL listing 4100-6034 Tamper Switch,one per cabinet assembly if required; monitors solid door for panels with solid door; monitors the internal retainer panel for panels with glass door(not the glass door); has a built-in addressable IDNet IAM Series resistor for WSO, IDCs(N.O.water flow and tamper on same circuit,wires after water flow and before tamper) 2081-9031 470 0, 1 W, encapsulated,two 18 AWG leads(0.82 mm2), 2-1/2"L x 1-3/8"W x 1"H(64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm) 8 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 General S•ecifications 120 VAC Models 4.6 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz Enhanced Power Supplies(EPS) 220-240 VAC Models 2.3 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz; separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC Input Power Battery Input Rating 12 A maximum @ 24 VDC(during battery operation) 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC,60 Hz Expansion Power Supplies(XPS) 2 A maximum©204 to 264 VAC,50/60 Hz; 220-240 VAC Models separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC 9 A output for"Special Application"appliances Total Power Supply Note:The 9 A output rating of the EPS was determined Output Rating such that optional module currents,and external device and appliance currents can be directly added together, not to exceed 9 A total. 3 A, regulated 29 VDC during Alarm, 127 addresses, 139 Output switches to Power Supply Output IDNAC SLC Ratings unit loads; DC-DC converter circuit is>92%efficient over battery backup Ratings for EPS operating range during mains AC failure or brownout Output terminals are rated for 18 to 12 AWG with duplicate conditions output terminals rated for two wires each,allowing up to IDNAC SLC Wiring four(4)Class B branch circuit T-taps to be made in the cabinet;additional T-taps may be made in external wiring junction cabinets or boxes Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum,24 VDC nominal(19.5 to 31.1 VDC) Compatible Special Application Appliances Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances;contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances Battery Charger Battery capacity range UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 115 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah Ratings for EPS require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries (sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated,dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 batteries) and performance hours per UL Standard 864;to 70%capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527 Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; Total Power Supply NAC outputs are rated 9 A output for"Special Application" Power Supply Output Rating non-addressable appliances;4 A output for"Regulated 24 Output switches to Output Ratings for DC"power(see details below);6 A output with each NAC battery backup XPS(nominal 28 VDC selected as auxiliary power output during mains AC on AC;24 VDC on failure or brownout Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum battery backup) conditions NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total Special Application Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes(contact your Simplex product Appliances representative for compatible appliances) Regulated 24 DC Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required Appliances Operating Temperature 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Environmental Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F(32°C)maximum Additional Technical Reference Description Document Description Document ES Installation Instructions 574-848 ZDNet 2 and 2+2 Module Installation Instructions 579-1169 ES Operating Instructions 579-197 EPS Installation Instructions 579-1015 DCAI Module Installation Instructions 579-1029 9 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference slot,' Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 C a . . . . Block A Block C Block E Block G Size Definitions: i 1 Block=4"W x 5.65" H (102 mm x 144 mm); (often called 4 x 5 modules) 1 Slot=2"W x 11.3" H (51 mm x 287 mm), typically a motherboard with daughter card Block B Block D Block F Block H C a Expansion Bay Chassis Mounting and CPU Bay Module Reference (* indicates supplied modules) One 2"card:either 4100-6078 Network Module with media cards or 4100-6038 RS-232/2120 Interface Master Controller Bay 4100-6030 Service Modem mounts o Space for two 2"slot only on master controller board R modules,or one 4"slot """` Knockout Cabinet height: modules,or two single 4100-6031 or 4100 6032 g block modules,or one ' I screw/nail (2 bay shown City Circuit or 4100-6033 holes(for for double block(vertical : pp o Relay Module mounts on reference) mount)module - o II II >d bottom of EPS semi-flush t Bay=22" 1kj mounting) I- .e,77la (559 mm) Optional 4100-6049 Id 8-F'171-1=- 2 Bay=40" g 4100-6080 DACT 1"' ❑ - ''" Truelnsight Module J ���� (1016 mm) mounting location mounting location *EPS power supply Exposed cabinet for 3 Bay=56" with IDNet 2 module semi-flush mounting (1422 mm) Typical Expansion Bay 111 *Master controller 1/2"(12.7 mm) O Wall board with motherboard minimum a e reference for (showing mixed module sizes) semi-flush • ' ' ' iH mounting, 6"stud Two bay cabinet shown without dress panel o...iia...i 1..0.1Stud alignment ti markers, each side IM- Al Door 4-3/4" 6"stud [Battery Compartment I (121 mm) 111 4"stud (50 Ah maximum) o • Door can be hung ( I hinged left or right �� 24"(610 mm) ►11 (175 m 6 5 mm m) Optional semi-flush trim kit 11-11/16" ►. (296 mm) NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780. 10 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 TrueAlert ES A. •liance Self-Test Last Test Results Re•ort Exam•le Service Port Page 1 REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm WED 03-DEC-14 Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR (up to 40 characters) 03-DEC-14 NO OUT N/A T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 NO OUT NORMAL T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 N/A NO OUT T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 03-DEC-14 NOT TST N/A T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 03-DEC-14 NORMAL NORMAL T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 03-DEC-14 N/A UNSUPP TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort Results Description: NORMAL=works correctly NO OUT=No Output, no light or sound was detected NOT TST=no result;either the appliance did not return a result before the test ended or the test was conducted as silent(strobes only)and audible appliance was not activated N/A=not applicable(no strobe on audible only,etc.) UNSUPP=appliance not compatible with Self-Test(TrueAlert addressable appliance not TrueAlert ES addressable appliance) Note:Additional TrueAlert ES Self-Test information is detailed in ES Operating Instructions 579-197 shipped with the panel. TrueAlert ES A. .liance Self-Test All Test Results Re•ort Exam.le Service Port Page 1 REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm WED 03-DEC-14 Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR 03-DEC-14 NO OUT N/A T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 NO OUT NORMAL T1-2-6 AV FIRST FLOOR NORTH ENTRANCE 30-OCT-14 NO OUT NORMAL T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 N/A NO OUT T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 03-DEC-14 NOT TST N/A T1-1-11 AV FIRST FLOOR SOUTH ENTRANCE 30-OCT-14 NORMAL NORMAL T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 03-DEC-14 NORMAL NORMAL T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 03-DEC-14 N/A UNSUPP T1-2-7 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 12 30-OCT-14 N/A UNSUPP T8-3-43 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 25 30-OCT-14 UNSUPP UNSUPP TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort TrueAlert ES A• •liance Self-Test Individual A• •liance Re sort Exam•le CUSTOM LABEL 4-1-2 AV POINT ADDRESS:4-1-2 Type:AV CARD:4 CHANNEL: 1 DEVICE:2 EXTENDED POWER SUPPLY UNIT NUMBER:2 RUI NUMBER: LOCAL PRIMARY STATUS NORMAL AUDIBLE GROUP CONFIG: 0 0 0 VISUAL GROUP CONFIG: 0 0 0 STYLE: INDOOR OPERATION: GENERAL EVAC CANDELA RATING 15 CD COLOR LENS YES TONE TYPE BROADBAND CODING TYPE TEMPORAL VOLUME HIGH LAST TEST TIME: MON 02-JUN-14 01:00 AM LAST VISUAL TEST: NORMAL LAST AUDIBLE TEST: NORMAL LAST TEST VOLUME: NORMAL DEVICE TEST TROUBLE: NORMAL 11 S4100-0100-13 1/2016 Additional 4100ES Data Sheet and Related Product Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Introducing the 4100ES S4100-0060 Fire Alarm Network Overview S4100-0055 4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037 Network Communications S4100-0056 4100ES Audio and Firefighter Phone Modules S4100-0034 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0102 LED/Switch Modules&Printer S4100-0032 Addressable Device Compatibility S4090-0011 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0103 Remote Battery Charger S4081-0002 Building Network Interface(BNIC) S4100-0061 SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062 InfoAlarm Command Center S4100-0101 4100ES Panels for Conventional Notification S4100-0031 Graphic I/O Modules S4100-0005 TrueAlarm Sensors S4098-0019 Truelnsight Remote Service S4100-0063 Remote IDNet Isolator S4090-0005 Agent Release Applications S4100-0040 TrueAlarm IDNet Isolator Base S4098-0025 TrueAlert ES Audible Only Appliances S49AO-0001 TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances,UL Listed S49WP-0001 TrueAlert ES Visible Only Appliances S49V0-0001 TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances,ULC Listed S49WP-0002 TrueAlert Appliance/IDNAC SLC Isolator S4905-0001 TrueAlert ES Emergency Communications S49LENS-0001 TrueAlert ES Audible/Visible Appliances S49AV-0001 Appliances with Color Lenses TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark ofXtralis Pty Ltd. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA).ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of ASHRAE,American Society of Heating,Refrigeration,and Air Conditioning Engineers. f aS i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0100-13 1/2016 www.simplex-fire.com ©2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. f®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Features Emergency voice/alarm communications provide: • Alarm/evacuation signal generation with multiplei; built-in tones o®e ® _ ® ro_rirta: • Standard or customized digital message storage and Nip message generation • Automatic or manual operation I l ==E • Mass Notification operation ��) Multiple channels are available: I • Analog audio systems provide dual channel operation F E° o • Digital audio systems provide up to eight channels over a single wire pair , : �� ■. ■ Ern _ Communications features: _ _ FORE/ 1111 • Up to five supervised remote microphone inputs • Spoken voice coding from the digital message player _ • Multiple digitally recorded human voice messages • Spoken WALKTEST system testing • Separate evacuation,drill,and optional"All Clear" voice messages and tones _ • Ready-to-talk microphone indicator on front panel audio control module 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with • Local panel speaker for tone/message broadcast Voice and Firefighter Telephone Options verification Listed to: • MINIPLEX Voice Transponders are available for • UL 864,Fire Detection and Control(UOJZ),and Smoke distributed audio Control Service(UUKL) Amplifiers are available with analog or digital input: • UL 2017,Process Management Equipment(QVAX) • Flex-35(35 W)and Flex-50(50 W)amplifiers provide a dual channel design with configurable operation modes • UL 1076,Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar(APOU) • 100 W primary and backup,single channel amplifiers • UL 2572,Mass Notification Systems(PGWM) include a built-in power supply • ULC S527,Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems • Amplifiers are available for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS output with on-board,power-limited NACs(only one Descri•tion voltage choice per system) 4100ES Audio Systems provide voice communication, • Built-in Temporal Pattern horn tone provides default alarm tones,and/or digitally prerecorded voice messages to backup signal operation alert occupants of fire or other emergency situations. • Optional modules provide power-limited NAC expansion, Evacuation signaling may be automatically generated via convert Class B NACs to Class A operation,and provide alarm initiated event programs or by firefighting personnel Constant Supervision Operation for Non-Alarm Audio using the operator controls. (NAA)applications(NAA requires additional hardware, and software revision 11.08 or higher) 4100U Series Products Note. The audio system Firefighter telephone systems: modules and features listed in this data sheet are both • Master telephone can simultaneously talk with up to 6 compatible with,and listed for use with 41000 series fire remote telephones and can be connected as an audio alarm control panels. Contact your local Simplex®product input for broadcast messages supplier for details. • Ring signal on remote firefighter telephone indicates that a call request is initiated and a hold signal indicates that * See page 5 far product that is listed as UL or ULC and additional product listing details. a connected line has been deselected This product has been approved by the California State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pusuant to Section 13144.1 of the Califorrialledth and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing • Telephone circuits are supervised for open and short 7165-0026:251 fa allo✓uable values andicr conditions concerning materiel presented in this circuits,too many telephones connected,and the master document.Accepted foruse—atyofPlevYai Department ofa;ldings—MEa35-93F is supervised for cord integrityadditional listings rrey be applicable°contact yo`r local Simple`product supplier for the telephone p latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time recorder Co.are the property of • Degraded mode allows remote telephones to remain Tyco Fre Protection Products. connected to each other in the event of a communications loss S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Audio Controller Module Description Audio Tone List The Audio Controller Module provides digitized alarm The Temporal 3 Pattern is available for compatible tones tones and digitally recorded voice messages and message (1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, construction,and manages both microphone inputs and other 1-1/2 sec off)to indicate evacuation. The following is a auxiliary inputs connected to the optional Auxiliary Audio list of the standard audio tones. Input Module.Tones and voice messages are digitally • Horn,continuous 520 Hz tone,primarily used for coded recorded and stored in the audio control module's message systems or general temporal pattern signaling; 520Hz memory. tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal Two versions are available:Analog and Digital. Systems Requirements for Sleeping Areas must be either analog or digital,not intermixed.One audio • Chime,a digitally recorded mechanical chime tone, control module controls the entire audio system. normally used free-running or for coded operation Common audio control board features: • Bell,a digitally recorded mechanical bell sound, • On-board digital message memory provides up to normally used free-running,for coded systems,or general temporal pattern signaling 2 minutes at normal or 1 minute at high resolution • Fast Whoop,a quickly ascending tone • Connects to optional 4-input audio input modules(two • Slow Whoop,a slowly ascending tone maximum)for a total of up to 6 microphones and 11 • High/Low,with high frequency of 750 Hz for 100 ms and distinct audio inputs low frequency of 500 Hz for 400 ms • Memory expansion is available to provide up to • Beep,500 Hz tone of 0.7 s on,0.7 s off 8 minutes or 32 minutes at normal resolution • Stutter,500 Hz tone with on and off times of 100 ms (4 minutes or 16 minutes at high resolution) • Wail,ascends,then descends between 600 to 940 Hz • Connections for a Master Microphone and one • GSA Tone,continuous 2000 Hz tone Remote Microphone,compatible with standard or noise-canceling microphones Audio Controller Message Description • Master telephone to audio interface connection uses the Zone Coded Signaling is available using tones or audio bay's Power Distribution Interface Module(PDI) spoken numbers. Spoken coded messages can be used in • Local panel speaker output with on-board volume control place of conventional pulse tone coding to eliminate • On-board download port for message loading counting and interpretation of the zone coded location. • The microphone ready-to-talk LED is located on the For example,a fire alarm zone such as First Floor East, front panel audio control module(see p.4)and Smoke Detector Room 23 will be Code 1123. requires connection to a 64 LED/64 switch controller Two possible transmission schemes are: • Audio risers,either digital or analog,may be directly 1. Conventional Zone Coded Signaling where connected to 31 remote nodes;for applications requiring T=Tone:T...T...TT...TTT...T...T...TT...TTT... audio risers to more than 31 remote nodes,alternate 2. Spoken Coded Signaling: connection methods are available,contact your Simplex Code, one..one..two..three; Code, one..one..two..three product representative for details The Audio Controller has the ability to precede spoken Analog Audio Controller Modules codes with phrases and alert tones.As an alternative,the previous example could have been preceded with a chime Analog audio control modules are for systems that tone.The word"code"could be replaced with the phrase require one or two simultaneous channels of audio "Doctor Firestone,please dial...". information per the following feature summary. Preprogrammed Special Messages can be ordered. • Built-in 10 VRMS riser output eliminates the need for Up to 32 minutes of special phrases and messages are separate riser amplifiers available as Class B or Class A available to meet specific applications.The standard • Messages can play on one or both risers simultaneously, Evacuation Message is: `Attention...Attention... with the same or a different message Attention...An emergency has been reported....All • Analog audio controllers are for connection to analog occupants walk to the nearest stairway exit and walk input audio amplifiers and audio risers only down to your assigned re-entry floor or main lobby...Do • On-board status LEDs assist with setup and not use the elevator... Walk to the nearest stairway....Do troubleshooting not use the elevator.... Walk to the nearest stairway." Digital Audio Controller Modules Custom Message Ordering is summarized below: Model Description Digital audio control modules are for systems that Select when Custom Messages are required, require more than two simultaneous channels of audio 4100-8804 choose message types from below as required information per the following feature summary. (minimum quantity of one) • Up to 8 channels of information at normal resolution are 4100-0822 Custom Messages from Tape Order(1) available(4 channels at high resolution)on one twisted Custom Messages from 4100-082x for Transcript; NOTE:Send (2) wire pair 4100-0823 transcript in advance to each messgs withoutcomplete • Primary 1 Digital Audio Riser(DAR)output can be either Applications Engineering to spliced phrases; wired Style 4 or Style 7;Primary 2 DAR is an identical, verify phrase quantity or for each(50) separate output for Style 4 connections,typically to icall local Custom Messages from spliced phrases Archive MINIPLEX voice transponders 4100-0824 CO Relocation Message;Temporal 4 Pattern horn • Digital audio controllers are for connection to digital tone with English male voice instruction;identify as input audio amplifiers and digital audio risers only "UCSET1393"when ordering 2 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Audio Amplifiers General Description Flex-35 Am.lifiers 4100ES audio amplifiers are available as dual channel • Each Flex-35 channel is capable of up to 35 W output models rated for 35 W(Flex-35)or 50 W(Flex-50)and as with a total of 35 W single channel 100 W models with on-board NACs • Channels can be divided as 0 W and 35 W; 17.5 W and (notification appliance circuits)for convenient field 17.5 W; 10 W and 25 W;or any combination that totals wiring. Common features are summarized as follows: 35 W or less • Analog input amplifier models are for single or dual Flex-50 Am•lifiers channel system operation • Digital input amplifier models are for multi-channel • Each Flex-50 channel is capable of up to 50 W output system operation providing up to eight channels over a with a total output of 50 W single twisted wire pair • Channels can be divided as 0 W and 50 W;25 W and • Amplifiers are power-limited with models available 25 W; 10 W and 40 W;or any combination that totals providing 25 VRMS,or 70.7 VRMS output 50 W or less • When Non-Alarm Audio(NAA)applications(such as for background music,paging,or for Mass Notification) Dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 Connections are required,optional Constant Supervision modules • Two Flex-35 amplifiers,or two Flex-50 amplifiers can provide continued speaker zone supervision during the connect to a single Expansion Power Supply(XPS)in page or while background music is playing;due to the the same audio expansion bay(amplifiers must be the NAA supervision requirements,when amplifiers are same model number);XPS output is dedicated to used for paging or playing background music,output amplifier power power is derated to 70%of alarm output rating(24.5 W, • Mounting for dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 amplifiers is 35 W,and 70 W);during alarm conditions full amplifier Blocks A&B for amplifier 1,Blocks C&D for the output power is available XPS,blocks E&F are not used,and Blocks G&H are • Linear power output stages are traditional Class B for amplifier 2(see page 7 for mounting reference) designs for low distortion and low EMI • An on-board 500 Hz temporal pattern horn tone on each 100 W Audio Am•lifiers amplifier provides a default backup tone 100 W amplifiers provide single channel operation per • Supervision actively monitors amplifier gain in real the following feature summary: time,comparing output level to input level • Six standard on-board Class B audio NACs are each • On-board test switches can be activated to test and rated for 2 A maximum observe amplifier backup • 100 W amplifiers include a built-in power supply and • On-board overcurrent protection protects against use system battery backup overloads and short circuits • Each amplifier communicates to the host CPU and • Amplifier and power supply size requires four allows voltage and current values to be accessed from continuous blocks of expansion bay size the fire alarm control panel operator interface • A single 100W primary amplifier or both a primary and a backup amplifier can be located on a single expansion Flex-35 and Flex-50 Amplifiers, General bay(refer to page 7 for bay loading) Flex-35 and Flex-50 amplifiers are a self-backup • Redundant(backup)amplifiers interconnect directly to dual channel design that provides a total of 35 W or minimize wiring connections and their power is routed 50 W of audio power with the following common feature through the NACs of the primary amplifier summary: • Redundant amplifier operation can be configured as • Self-backup feature allows NACs connected to a disabled one-for-one or one-for-many depending on specific amplifier channel to be routed to the remaining channel requirements with the full 35 W or 50 W providing the single channel • Digital models of these amplifiers have a digital decoder as selected by the fire alarm control panel programming; module that selects the desired input channel per system external backup amplifiers are not required requirements • Three standard on-board audio NACs are each rated for • Selectable reduced output levels of-12 dB or-6 dB are 2 A maximum and are capable of being routed to either available for non-emergency audio output desired amplifier channel • Compatible power supplies include the: Expansion Audio NAC Expansion Modules Power Supply(XPS),Remote Power Supply(RPS),or • For applications requiring additional NACs,modules are System Power Supply(SPS);power supplies with single available for on-board expansion and further expansion amplifiers can provide power for other compatible is available with the chassis mounted 4100-5116 applications within their rated output Expansion Signal Module • Digital models of the Flex-35 and Flex-50 have a digital • 100 W Amplifiers support optional modules that convert decoder module that selects one or two of the input the six audio NACs to Class A or to increase the Class B channels as desired audio NACs to twelve • Selectable reduced output levels of-12 dB or-6 dB are available for non-emergency audio output,selectable per • NOTE:Adding NAC expansion modules does not channel increase amplifier power beyond the stated ratings 3 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Audio Bay Reference with Single Channel Audio Control and Firefighter Telephone Modules PhoneSpeakerupp; Coiikkb rcukol ` �rvalClrc alt144 p p,rc.d >° Q d,rc.a,a ° oftio Q TvAir ° O FM ° Q Qe,.a„ / QI Q FMF' Push-to-Talk' Q p;..,;, ° 0 c2:1, 0 0 ° 0 Ft 0 switch 1 0 07.75 ° 0 e,c.A;> ° 0 ° 0 r.. ° 0 :::: ° Q , ° Q ° Qn.,r °00I ° > ° oo Os ° Q Mt ° O = ° Q e,.n;, ° �,�t Redr o Q F.m ° it it )= MI l it ii J Master Phone 8 Switches with 8 Master Microphone 8 Switches with 8 Red Module 4100-1270 Red LEDs, Module 4100-1243 LEDs,4100-1280 4100-1280,2 shown with typical labels Single Channel Audio Control 4100-1252 Audio Control Modules 4100-1252, 4100-1253, 4100-1254, 4100-1255, Single Channel 1.5 Channel Dual Channel 3-8 Channel A Audio Audio 1 Audio 1 Audio Control Control Control Control command Green command Green Command ^e Green Command • Green tamer cemer cemer cemer Activa LED Ac,lve LED A LED An,lve LED All + All ♦ — An —1 An la —I O Speakers I -) Speakers I Speakers * Speakers evnc 1 U evnc 1 evAc I U evnc I I I L Red ' O SE"ec e ' I Red E"ACe + I Red VAI LEDs • sAl se�ee�ed 1 I Visible area LEDs ILEDs I 1 Red 8-1/4"H,2"W * ® saaa.on. 1 seAleenn a • i LEDs 1 1 (210mmx51 mm) � ® ■ • _I •■ I • Local —1 •■ pecker EVAC 1 • speak • —1 meal —1 Local 0 1 r _ • S" , li speakre Green 11111 1 er I c e 1 1 I r LEDs Green I Green I • Sp axle • i LEDs 0 sp a'kera • i LEDs 1 sp akera . I • sp a'ke • _1 Green Talk 1 Talk Talk 1 Talk L 1 I 1 I LEDs Ready • _1 Ready • — Ready • _I Ready • _I Talk Talk Talk Talk • Blank switches can be programmed as required 4 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection NOTE: Select systems as either analog or digital.When amplifiers are used for Non-Alarm Audio paging or background music with Constant Supervision, output power is derated to 70%of alarm power(24.5 W,35 W,and 70 W);full output is available for alarm. Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible Model Description Details 4100-9620 Basic Analog Audio Operation with microphone,requires Includes: Expansion Bay,4100-1210 Analog Controller Board, dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module,and Audio Expansion Bay Kit 4100-1210 Analog Controller Board only;order expansion bay and Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B audio expansion bay kit separately 4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35,35 W Amplifier,constant NAC rating= 1.4 A 35 W,or 100 Includes three on- 4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating=0.5 A speakers max. board Class B audio 4100-1312 25 VRMS output NAC rating2 A NACs;power is p Flex-50,50 W Amplifier,constant = 50 W,or 100 supplied from an XPS, 4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating=0.707 A speakers max. RPS,or SPS" 100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible Model/Output Voltage 25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details 4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Includes six,Class B audio NACs; 4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC Primary NAC rating=100 speakers maximum; ULC 100 W 2 A @ 25 VRMS(50 W); models 4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL Amplifier 1.414 A @ 70.7 VRMS(100 W) have low 4100-1320 I 4100-1321 120 VAC,60 Hz UL battery Backup Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout 4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W amplifier circuit 4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL Amplifier Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible Model Description Details 4100-9621 Basic Digital Audio Operation with microphone,requires Includes: Expansion Bay,4100-1311 Digital Controller Board, dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module,and Audio Expansion Bay Kit 4100-1311 Eight Channel Digital Controller Board only;order Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B expansion bay and audio expansion bay kit separately 4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35,35 W Amplifier,constant NAC rating=1.4 A 35 W,or 100 Includes three on- 4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating=0.5 A speakers max. board Class B audio 4100-1326 25 VRMS output NAC rating2 A NACs;power is p Flex-50,50 W Amplifier,constant = 50 W,or 100 supplied from an XPS, 4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating=0.707 A speakers max. RPS,or SPS" 100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible Model/Output Voltage Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details 25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS 4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Includes six,Class B audio NACs; Primary NAC rating=100 speakers maximum; ULC 4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W 2 A @ 25 VRMS(50 W); models 4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL Amplifier 1.414 A @ 70.7 VRMS(100 W) have low 4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Backup batteryUses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout 4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W amplifier circuit 4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL Amplifier Audio Options for use with either Analog or Digital Systems (see page 2 for custom message ordering) Amplifier and Related Audio Options Model Description Details and Mounting Reference 4100-1245 Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module;adds Choose Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly;NAC ratings= 1.5 A,35/50 W, three Class B audio NACs or 100 speakers maximum; Supv. =8.4 mA,Alarm=60 mA one per 4100-1246 Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module;converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly;NAC ratings=2 A,50 W,or three on-board NAGS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv. = 1 mA,Alarm=30 mA 4100-1248 100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs,mounts on 100 W ratings= 1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers max. Choose amplifier assembly; Supv. = 17 mA,Alarm=60 mA one per 4100-1249 100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation,mounts on =2 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum 100 W amplifier assembly;Supv. = 1 mA,Alarm=60 mA 25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Supv. = 10 mA 4100-1259 rating=2 A,50 W,or 100 Adapter for three NACs; on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NAGS to Class A speakers maximum select per amplifier output Alarm=35 mA or Class B Constant Supervision NACs;mounts 70.7 VRMS Output;NAC (not compatible with on Flex-35/50 or 100 W amplifier assembly; 4100-1260 rating=0.707 A,50 W,or amplifier NAC expansion Supv. =38 mA use two for the six NACs on 100 W amplifiers; 100 speakers maximum modules) Alarm=70 mA Refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for power supply details. (continued on next page) 5 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection (Continued) Amplifier and Related Audio Options (Continued) Model Description Details and Mounting Reference Expansion Signal Module;three, 1.5 A Class B Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs;selects between two inputs; 4100-5116 NACs;up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only,two input NACs are required;Single Block rating=1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum module mounts in expansion bay; Supv. =20 mA;Alarm=80 mA 4100-1266 Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC Expands module capacity to six,Class B NACs; rating=1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum Supv. =0.84 mA;Alarm=60 mA These modules Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter;NAC Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A;Supv. = 1 mA; mount on the 4100-1267 4100-5116; rating=1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum Alarm=30 mA select one max. Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Converts 3 Class B NACs to Class B or Class A Constant per 4100-5116 4100-1268 Adapter for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS; NAC rating Supervision NACs; Supv. =38 mA on batteries(constant as required = 1.4 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum supervision deactivated);Alarm= 70 mA 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 kO, 1 W 4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware;order one for each expansion bay 4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit;order one for each audio bay addition 4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit;order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet Audio Input and Controller Options(see page 2 for custom message ordering) Model Description Details and Mounting Reference 4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Module;four additional Inputs for 10 VRMS,25 VRMS, 70.7 VRMS,line level(0.707 VRMS),or (unsupervised)inputs per module;2 maximum microphone; 1 Block;current= 10 mA 4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module Provides 8 minutes at normal resolution or 4 minutes at high Mounts to resolution, Supv. =2 mA;Active= 17 mA audio 4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module Provides 32 minutes at normal resolution or 16 minutes at controller high resolution;Supv. =2 mA;Active= 17 mA module Operator Interface and Related Options Model Description Details and Mounting Reference 4100-1243 Microphone Module(mike);for One maximum per audio system;front panel module that requires 2 Slots(4"), Supervisory Fire Alarm Control Panels locate on expansion bay only;space behind for 4100ES flat modules only current= Remote Microphone Module; Front panel module that requires 2 Slots(4"),locate on expansion bay only; 2.4 mA 4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator space behind for 4100ES flat modules only;distance limited to 4000 ft Active current Panels (1219 m) =6 mA 4003-9803 Remote Microphone Module Mounted on plate with controls,for 2-gang box mount,see data sheet S4100-0053 for details 4100-1252 1 Channel(audio or mike) Single Slot LED/switch modules;connects to a 4100-1288 or 4100-1289 4100-1253 1.5 Channel(audio+mike) Operator LED/switch controller in the same bay;space behind controller accepts 4100-1254 2 Channel(full audio) Interface 4100ES flat modules only(see drawings on p.4);current=24 mA; 3-8 Channel(8 channel normal LED/Switch Additional adjacent LED/switch modules,as shown on p.4,are used as 4100-1255 res. messages,4 channels of Modules required for specific speaker circuit selection(refer to data sheet high res.messages) S4100-0032 for LED/switch module availability) 64 LED/64 Switch Controller Mounts behind the LED/switch modules; has LED/switch controllers 4100-1288 Module with mounting plate Refer to data provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module and their connected sheet S4100- 4100-1289 64 LED/64 Switch Controller 0032 for details Mounts on extra space of 4100-1288;controls modules must be in Module without mounting plate additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches the same bay Firefighter Telephone System Products Model Description Details and Mounting Reference Master Telephone with Control Module and Front panel module;space behind for 4100ES flat modules only;phone 4100-1270 three Class B telephone NACs,one maximum control module included,mounted on bay module mounting plate;for per audio system;for use in Fire Alarm Control individual telephone circuit control,use LED/switch modules; Panels only;includes one 4100-1272 Module Supv. =80 mA;in use= 140 mA +remote phones(see table on page 7) 4100-1271 Remote Master Telephone Mounts in Remote Annunciator Panel only(see S4100-0038) 4100-1272 Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Expansion module for additional telephone circuits in main control or Class B telephone NACs transponders; Supv. =80 mA;in use= 140 mA+remote phones 4100-1273 Telephone NAC Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1270 or-1272; no additional current required Network and MINIPLEX Transponder Audio Connection Options Model Description Details 4100-0623 Network Audio Riser Controller Module for Typically for Network nodes without an audio controller, used for NAA control of either an analog or digital riser module applications;mounts in Block A;current=35 mA 4100-0621 Dual Channel Analog Audio Accepts two separate audio signals from host;controlled by Transponder Riser Module Interface Module;current=25 mA when active 4100-0622 3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Select one, Receives and decodes digital inputs;up to eight audio channels; Module;with NAA input mounts in current=70 mA;NAA input for 25,70.7,or 0.707 VRMS Block B Selects a single digital audio channel and converts it to an analog line level 4100-1341 MCC(Multiple Command Center) for input to an analog 4100ES/41000/4100 Legacy voice panel;current= Digital Audio Riser Interface 70 mA 4100-9854 ' 4100/4100+Legacy bay mounting kit Use to mount 4100-1341 MCC Digital Audio Riser Interface in legacy panel 4100-1258 NPU to 4100ES Audio Interconnect Module; Dual terminal block module with harnesses for connecting to the Audio mounts in 4100ES Audio cabinet Controller and Telephone Control module(requires 1 Block) 6 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 Firefighter Telephone System Description Firefighter telephone systems provide two-way Remote Master Telephones mount in Remote communications for facilities where radio Annunciator Cabinets and are wired as the only connection communications may not be available or are unreliable. to a telephone circuit.By adding local LED/switch They are typically used during active firefighting modules,operation is that of the Master Telephone. conditions,during a fire alarm investigation,or during fire Remote telephones are available cabinet mounted or alarm system inspection and test. for plugging into a dedicated telephone jack.Each hears a System Operation. Connections are made using a ring tone when a call-in is selected and a hold tone when common talk line(party line)that includes a Master placed on hold.When on hold,the remote telephones are Telephone and up to six remote telephones.Remote each separated from the talk line. telephones call into the Master by either being taken The Telephone Interface Module provides three off-hook or by being plugged into a telephone jack.The Class B(Class A option is available)telephone circuits, Master Telephone location receives a ring-in tone with a connection for a master telephone,and a telephone riser visible LED indicator for each telephone circuit.When input.One module is supplied when selecting a Master the call is received,the operator selects the calling Telephone.Additional telephone interface modules can be telephone circuit using the assigned switch control.The added as required.Telephone circuit outputs can be operator at the master location can place the original programmed as remote telephones,as a Remote Master, telephone circuit on hold and connect to additional or for telephone riser operation. Telephone circuits are telephone circuits or add them to the talk line. supervised for opens,shorts,and overload conditions.The Master Telephone Operation.The Master Telephone Master Telephone is supervised for broken cord or connects directly into a telephone interface module.A off-hook. Push-to-Talk(PTT)switch provides the operator with voice Telephone riser operation can be programmed to input control.Each master telephone uses local LED/switch provide a telephone riser output that is used to interconnect modules to select telephone circuits and to silence any telephone interface modules in different locations.This subsequent call-ins until selected. output type has ring and hold tones disabled. Telephone Circuit Control. A call request causes the Degraded Mode.If the telephone interface module local call-in tone sounder and assigned telephone circuit loses communications with the host fire alarm control LED to pulse quickly.Pushing the calling circuit's switch panel,telephone circuits off-hook are automatically silences the local sounder and connects that circuit to the connected to the talk line allowing any telephone to talk talk line.Activating the switch again places that circuit on to another simply by being picked up(or plugged in). hold with a hold tone being heard at the remote telephones Master Telephone Control Current with Remote and causing that circuit's LED to pulse slowly. Subsequent Telephones.The following table lists Master Telephone pushes toggles from active to hold.Activating a telephone Control current with the addition of remote firefighter circuit switch when no call is incoming places a request to telephones. pick up on remote telephones equipped with local LEDs. Master telephones can be also be connected as an input to Remote 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 an audio controller module to allow audio system message Phones broadcasting without using a microphone. Current(mA) 140 180 220 250 276 304 329 Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference Description Mounting Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Audio Controller Modules Blocks A&B C Network Riser Controller Module Block A Audio Riser Modules Block B SPS or RPS Blocks E, F,G&H Block A Block C Block E Block G ONLY XPS Blocks G&H ONLY* Flex-35 Amplifiers,2 max/bay* Blocks E&F;C&D; or A&B Flex-50 Amplifiers,2 max/bay* Blocks E&F or C&D 100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F,G&H 100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max. Blocks A, B,C&D per bay with primary amplifier Master or Remote Phone Module Blocks A&B Block B Block D Block F Block H Two vertical Blocks, Master or Remote Microphone Module any location(except next to telephone) Telephone Module 1 Block Expansion Bay Chassis Expansion Signal Module 1 Block Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot Size Definitions:Block=4"W x 5"H(102 mm x 127 mm)card area NPU to 4100ES Audio 1 Block Slot=2"W x 8"H(51 mm x 203 mm)motherboard with daughter card Interconnect Module *NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an expansion bay,special mounting rules apply. 7 S4100-0034-17 8/2014 General S•ecifications Input Power Power Supplies;SPS,XPS,RPS, 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC,60 Hz and 100 W Amplifiers 220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC,50/60 Hz;with taps for 220/230/240 VAC Amplifier Ratings Built-in Tones 500 Hz horn tone operated at temporal pattern,provided when amplifiers are separated from audio controller Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply Flex-35 Amplifiers: 425 mA with power stage supervised 4100-1361 Supervisory Current 85 mA in low power mode 4100-1362 Use this value for power 4100-1363 Alarm Current 5.5 A with continuous horn tone supply loading 4100-1364 full output put p ower 1.64 A average,with temporal pattern horn Use this value for battery backup reference Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply Flex-50 Amplifiers: 425 mA with power stage supervised 4100-1312 Supervisory Current 85 mA in low power mode 4100-1313 4100-1326 5.55 A with continuous horn tone Use this value for power 4100-1327 Alarm Current supply loading @ full output power Use this value for battery 2.27 A average,with temporal pattern horn backup reference 100 W Amplifiers and BackupAmplifiers: 400 mA(analog);220 mA(digital)with power stage supervised p p Supervisory Current 4100-1314,4100-1316, 4100-1318, 85 mA in low power mode 4100-1320,4100-1322, 4100-1324; 9.6 A with continuous horn tone 4100-1328,4100-1330,4100-1332, Alarm Current - 4100-1334,4100-1336,4100-1338 @ full output power 3.8 A average,with temporal pattern horn Use this value for battery backup reference Total Amplifier Power per Cabinet 300 W maximum Audio Controller Ratings 4100-9620,4100-1210 Analog=225 mA supervisory Add for local speaker in alarm: 75 mA min. volume; Current 190 mA half volume;333 mA full volume; Requirements 4100 9621,4100-1311 Digital=85 mA supervisory Add microphone current separately; Supv.=2.4 mA; Active=30 mA Analog Riser Distance Up to 10,000 ft(3048m)total with 18 AWG(0.82 mm2)shielded twisted pair(STP) Up to 2500 ft(762 m)from 4100-1311 Digital Controller to 4100-0622 Digital Audio Riser or Digital Riser Distance; 18 AWG 4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interface;up to 2500 ft(762 m)between 4100-0622 Digital unshielded,twisted pair(UTP)required, Audio Riser Modules or 4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interfaces(signal is reformatted and except as noted(refer to Installation repeated);wire runs over 100 ft(30 m)require UTP wire Instructions 574-844)* *NOTE:Wire runs of 100 ft(30 m)or less require shielded twisted pair wire(STP) Firefighter Telephone Distance Ratings Distance 7500 ft(2286 m)distance to farthest phone, 18 AWG shielded twisted pair(STP) Battery Charger, System and Remote Power Supply(sealed lead-acid batteries) Battery capacity range UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah(batteries larger than 50 Ah require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries Charger characteristics and performance Temperature compensated,dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864,to 70%capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527 Environmental and Installation Instruction Reference Operating Temperature Range 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Operating Humidity Range Up to 93%RH,non-condensing @ 90°F(32°C)maximum Flex Amplifiers 579-173 Constant Supervision NAC Modules 579-515 Installation Instructions Reference Digital/Analog Amplifiers 579-174 Firefighter Phones 579-226 Additional 4100ES Data Sheet Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Basic Panel with EPS/EPS+ S4100-0100 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0102 Remote Firefighter Phones S2084-0001 Enclosures S4100-0037 LED/Switch Modules S4100-0032_ Mic. Multiplex Module S4100-0053 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0103 S/V,Addressable Strobe S4906-0006 Remote Battery Charger S4081-0002 Speakers S4902-0003 SN,SmartSync Strobe S4906-0003 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. S®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0034-17 8/2014 www.simplex-fire.corn C.2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. f®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Panel Mounted LED/Switch and LED Modules, MEA (NYC) Acceptance* LED/Switch Controllers, and Panel Mounted Printer Features Panel mounted annunciation modules for use with =- 4100ES/41000 Fire Alarm Control Panels, Remote ° Annunciators, and Network Display Units (NDU): • Modules mount on front of panel bay providing _ ___ • convenient access and high visibilitylaw'". I. • Panel monitors switches for user input and controls : Ern : EEi i al LED indicators to annunciate function status W • Compact 64 LED/64 switch controller modules mount on back of LED/switch modules , LED/Switch Modules: El Ell MI Ell • Raised momentary switches provide tactile feedback : S • •• •® • Alternate action operation provides on/off functions , F • •• • am •-• s • High intensity LEDs provide clear status annunciation "' • tEl ® • •• •E• •••. • Slide-in labels provide custom on-site labeling(label • •=1 m • •• ' •®• ••••• w9. kit is ordered separately) • •® r� ®• ,• ® •®• •••• •®• . •i= :,= •• • •E. •••• •®: 8 LED, 8 Switch Modules: •m••ll.• • .• . •®• •••• •®: • One status LED per switch a .• •• • • •• • •®• •••• •®: • Available as all red LEDs or all yellow LEDs 16 LED, 8 Switch Modules: 4100ES 2-Bay Fire Alarm Control Panel • Two status LEDs per switch with Sample of Available LED/Switch Modules • Available with two LEDs per switch as:red/yellow, yellow/yellow,red/green,or green/yellow Features (Continued 16 LED, 16 Switch Modules: 24 Point I/O Module for external connections: • One status LED per switch in 2"(51 mm)module • Each point is selectable as either a switch input • Available as all red LEDs,or 8 red and 8 yellow (momentary or maintained)or lamp/relay driver output • Two configurations are available,one with pluggable • Multiple switch monitoring modes are available LEDs,refer to illustrations on page 2 and product Panel mounted printer(see pages 6 and 7 for details): selection details on page 4 • Records system events and provides 20 visible lines 24 LED, 24 Switch Modules: Listed to: • Double slot module with one red status LED per • UL Std. 864,Fire Detection and Control(UOJZ),and switch Smoke Control Service(UUKL) HOA(Hand-Off-Auto) Switch Modules: • UL Std.2017,Process Management Equipment • Eight controls in a double slot module,each control (QVAX) has three switches for status selection and one LED • UL Std. 1076,Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar(APOU) per switch position • UL Std. 1730,Smoke Detector Monitor(UULH) • Switch selection is On/Hand,Off,and Auto • ULC Std. S527-99 Available with three HOA Module LED Options: • On/Hand(green LED),Off(red LED)and Auto (green LED) Description • On/Hand(green LED),Off(red LED)and Auto Annunciation Options.4100ES/4100U fire alarm panels (white LED)to comply with International Building support a variety of switch input and LED status indicators Code(IBC)requirements to complement the information and controls available at the • On/Hand(green LED),Off(yellow LED)and Auto operator interface.These modules provide a convenient (green LED)for applications requiring no red LEDs interface efficiently packaged onto the front panel space of • Available with or without switch buttons labels the cabinet bay.Additionally,the panel mounted printer can (On,Off,Auto) conveniently record system status without requiring a LED Modules with 8 or 16 pluggable LEDs: separately located printer. • 8 LED Module has red LEDs, 16 LED module has * Refer to additional listing details of page 4.Ills product has been approved by the 8 red with 8 yellow Califonia State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Sedion 13144.1 of the California Heal• Red,yellow,green,or blue LEDs are available in ti s Listingithsdo docume51nt. for allowable ubjedt valuesand/or ng presented in this docurrent.It is subject to packages of eight(8)to change color on-site per reexan;natio,,revision,and possible cancellation.Pdditional listings may be applicable; application requirement(ordered separately) contact your local Simplex®product supplier for the latest status.Listings ail approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fre Protedicn Products. S4100-0032-11 7/2012 Descri•tion (Continued Easy Interface. Switches are alternate action ON/OFF The 24 Point I/O Module is selectable for input switch (depending on programming selection)using a tactile feel, type and supervision type. Outputs are selectable for raised rubber button.High efficiency LEDs provide clear steady on or pulsing to drive remotely connected relays, status annunciation readily visible through the glass door. incandescent lamps,or LEDs. Selectable Functions. Switch functions,LED status indications,and printer output is selected when the control panel CPU is customized for site specific requirements. Slide-in labels are locally printed to indicate the exact function of the LEDs and switches. LED/Switch Module Detail Reference LED/Switch Modules LED Modules Label insert I I Primary I I I function label I I � I I F f Additional v. function labels Control Fan Custom ___ _on • label area I Designates area • East Switches\ L ■• u wing • ® —for each column of switches and LEDs • • • West • M• • • • LEDs • Wing • IIII .El• • South • i • • •m• • Wing ® • Visible area Switch ®I.• •• •• • North Wing • ® ®•Ilk .• .• 2"W • (210 mm x 51 mm) •u: •■• • Annex • • • • • LEDs U • U•• • • • ®■• •■• ••• • •• •• .• .•• • • • Garage • U: :u: •Bas"m" " • •• •• U: A. • • • • RBoiler oom • •• •• • • • 8 Switches 16 Switches 8 Switches 16 Switches 8 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: with 8 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: 4100-1276,R 4100-1282,R/Y 4100-1300,R/Y 4100-1280,R 4100-1278,R-Y (pluggable LEDs) 4100-1283,Y/Y (pluggable LEDs) 4100-1281,Y 4100-1285,R 4100-1284,R/G 16 LEDs: 4100-1296,G/Y ' N 4100-1277,R/Y LED Color Legend:Red,Yellow,Green; (pluggable LEDs) R/Y=Red on top,Yellow on bottom; R-Y=Red on left,Yellow on right 2 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 HOA and 24/24 LED/Switch Module Detail Reference 24 Switches,24 LEDs HOA Modules,8 Controls (3 switches each),24 LEDs Label insert One switch per / Primary function labels control,on/off A Custom _ • label area • • • Air • 0 • 0 • LED(On) •_ • •_ • 0 • O • LED(Off) •_ • •_ • 0 • 0 • LED(Auto) •_ • •_ • 0 • 0 • •_ • •_ • Red LEDs 0 • 0 • LED Color Legend: •_ • •_ • 0 • 0 • Green, Red,White,Yellow; G/R/G=Green on, Red off, Green auto Visible area •- • •_ • 0 • 0 •• G/R/W=Green on, Red off, 8-1/4"H,2"W •_ • • • 0 • 0 • White auto (210 mm x 51 mm) •_ • •_ • 0 • 0 • G/Y/G=Green on,Yellow off,Green auto o� O • • • One switchi O • 0 • 0_ • •_ • per function 0 • 0 • © • • • � 0 • 0 • 1 4100-1287 HOA Modules,G/R/G LEDs: 4100-1286,with labeled switches as shown 4100-1295,with unlabeled switches(not shown) HOA Modules for IBC Applications,G/R/W LEDs: 4100-1275,with labeled switches as shown 4100-1299,with unlabeled switches(not shown) HOA Modules,G/Y/G LEDs: 4100-1302,with labeled switches as shown 4100-1301,with unlabeled switches(not shown) 3 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 LED/Switch Module Product Selection (panel mounted switches are momentary pushbutton) LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately) Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) Custom Label Area LED Quantity Switch Quantity 4100-1280 One Red Per module and per switch 8 8 4100-1281 One Yellow 4100-1282 Two Red on top,Yellow on bottom 4100-1283 Two Yellow on top and bottom Per module and per switch 16 8 4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom 4100-1296 Two Green on top,Yellow on bottom 4100-1285 One Red One per column of 8 LED/switch pairs(see 4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right illustration on page 2) 16 16 4100-1300* One With pluggable LEDs;shipped Per module and per Red on top,Yellow on bottom LED/switch pair 4100-1287 One Red Per module and per switch 24 24 *UL, ULC,and CSFM listed only. LED Only Modules and LED Kits (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately) Model Description 4100-1276 Eight(8)LED Module with Red LEDs;custom label area per module and per LED LEDs are pluggable;select LED kits as required to Sixteen(16)LED Module; Red LED on top and Yellow LED change LED color 4100-1277 on bottom at each position;custom label area per module and per LED pair 4100-9843 Yellow 4100-9844 Green Kits of 8 LEDs;order as required for modules with pluggable LEDs to change LED color on-site per application requirement;compatible with LED Modules 4100-1276,4100-1277,and 4100-1300 4100-9845 Red (Blue is typically used for Ancillary Device status indication per ULC S527) 4100-9855 Blue LED/Switch Modules, HOA(Hand-Off-Auto)with Green/Red/Green LEDs (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately) Model Operation Switch Function(Location) LED Description Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module with On (top) Green LED 4100-1286 labeled switches;custom label area per module and per Off(middle) Red LED LED/switch set Auto(bottom) Green LED 4100-1295 Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module,same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled LED/Switch Modules, HOA(Hand-Off-Auto)with Green/Red/White LEDs for IBC Applications (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately) Model Operation Switch Function(Location) LED Description Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module with On(top) Green LED 4100-1275 labeled switches; LED colors meet International Building Off(middle) Red LED Code(IBC)requirements;custom label area per module and per LED/switch set Auto(bottom) White LED 4100-1299 Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module, same as 4100-1275 except switches are unlabeled LED/Switch Modules, HOA(Hand-Off-Auto)with Green/Yellow/Green LEDs (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately) Model Operation Switch Function(Location) LED Description Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module with On(top) Green LED 4100-1302** labeled switches;for applications requiring no red LEDs; Off(middle) Yellow LED custom label area per module and per LED/switch set Auto(bottom) Green LED 4100-1301** Eight function HOA(On,Off,Auto)Control Module, same as 4100-1302 except switches are unlabeled **UL, ULC,and CSFM listed only. Continued on next page 4 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 LED/Switch Module Product Selection Continued LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories Model Description 64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate;controls up to 64 LEDs 4100-1288 and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch modules and NOTE: LED/switch controllers has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module and their connected modules 64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra must be in the same bay. 4100-1289 space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches 4100-0636 Harness Kit, Power and Communications One of each is required per 4100-1288 that is located in the same bay as two Flex-35/50 4100-0641 Harness Kit,26 Position Flex Cable, 14-1/2"(368 mm)long amplifiers and an SPS 4100-1290 24 Point I/O Module for external connections,select each point as either input or output; 2"(51 mm)wide, 1 Slot 4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch or LED only modules are present; order one per cabinet 4100-1279 Single blank 2"display cover;order as required(8 fill a bay front);two maximum in a row between LED/switch modules Panel Mounted Printer(refer to pages 6 and 7 for printer details) Model Description 4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper 4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer,one roll LED/Switch Modules and Controllers S•ecifications (For additional LED/Switch Module information, refer to Installation Instructions 574-843) 64 LED/64 Switch Controller Modules (4100-1288 and 4100-1289) Input Voltage 19 to 33 VDC,from control panel Current, No LEDs On 20 mA @ 24 VDC Current,All 64 LEDs On 210 mA @ 24 VDC(approx.3 mA/LED) Mounting Reference Bracket of 4100-1288 attaches to the back of the LED/switch modules Controllers per Bay Maximum of two per bay;for control of LED/switch modules within that bay only Bay Location Reference Slots 1 &2 or Slots 3&4; mounts onto the back of the LED/switch modules Clearance Behind Controller Module Space accepts low profile 4100ES/41000 modules only 24 Point I/O Module (4100-1290) Module Current Supervisory=34 mA;Alarm=75 mA(add output currents separately) Switch Input Details Momentary or maintained,2 or 3 position; max.distance is 2500 ft(762 m)or 65 0 Output Current 150 mA @ 24 VDC per point; inrush current is limited for use with incandescent bulbs Output Details Diode suppress relay loads at the coil; max.distance is 600 ft(183 m)or 2 0 General Specifications Operating Temperature Range 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Operating Humidity Range Up to 93%RH, non-condensing @ 90° F(32°C)maximum Additional Data Sheet Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet 4100ES Basic Panel Modules and Accessories S4100-0031 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0036 4100ES Audio/Phone Modules S4100-0034 Enclosure Reference S4100-0037 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0035 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 5 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 Model 4100-1293 Panel Mount Printer Details Access latches 10 Hinged printer assembly: 5-1/2"W x 7-1/2"H (140 mm x 191 mm) Exposed paper area: FIRE ALARM FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL CLOSET 2-3/8"W x 4"H LOCATIONEL-1$12:37:15 09JUN12 (60 mm x 102 mm) LONBAi itM'TRae3_ETRANSPONDER 17 1247:26 09 JUN 12 SYSTEM RESET IN FROC#SS 14:1223 09 JUN 12 SYSTEM RESET COVF EfE 14:13:0209 JUN 12 Push button paper feed LOGIN switch with LED: 1723.2209 JUN12 Paper Low=Flashing Red RASSAOFD ® /Pa er Out=Red 17:23:2509JW 12 I`/ P SENSOR 139 DISABLE) 1815:0909 JUN12FEED/ SENSOR 13-9 B�B7 ® STATUS 18180309 JUN 12 LOGalT ON 1833:0209JUJ12 Power switch with LED: LOGIN Power on=Green OFF I I I 6 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 Printer S•ecifications (For additional printer information,refer to Installation Instructions 579-249) Electrical &Communications Input Voltage 19 to 33 VDC,from control panel Standby 125 mA @ 24 VDC Current Printing 800 mA @ 24 VDC Communications RS-232,9600 baud,from control panel RS-232 module Print Characteristics Print Format Fixed thermal printhead producing black characters Characters 11 x 28 dot matrix;alarm information printed in bold Paper Format 40 columns;6 lines per inch;20 lines visible; paper is wound onto top take-up reel, paper can be manually unwound from take-up reel and rewound using Feed switch Paper Speed 1.33 in/sec maximum Print Speed 312 cps Sound Output 55 dB maximum,with cabinet door open Paper(one roll included) Type and Size Thermal;2.35"wide, 160 ft long(60 mm x 49 m) Replacement Paper 4190-9803, 1 roll Mounting Specifications Bay Location Reference Requires 3 expansion bay slots, can be located as required Clearance Behind Printer Space accepts low profile 4100ES/4100U modules only Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature Range 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F(32°C)maximum 7 S4100-0032-11 7/2012 TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. ®S i m p 1 EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0032-11 7/2012 www.simplexgrinnell.com ©2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control MEA (NYC) Acceptance* MINIPLEX Transponders Features MINIPLEX transponder 4100ES Series MINIPLEX transponders allow Addressable devices remotely located initiating and notification Strobe NAC functions: • Transponder operation is available as standard or with ,® local mode operation • Communications with the host fire alarm control panel 4— — use the Remote Unit Interface(RUI)format `"R E— -'A Initiating functions include: Audio NAC NNE Local mode controller • Conventional initiating device circuit(IDC)support • Addressable device support including TrueAlarm analog sensor compatibility - Notification functions include: • Conventional DC notification appliance circuits including TrueAlert strobe and horn appliances • Emergency voice/alarm communications , I" Local mode operation provides: -- • Default local initiating and notification operation in the event of a communications loss with the host control panel 1777 SEll • Enabling of an optional Local Mode Controller with aiEll local alarm sounder,LED status indicators,and keyswitch enabled control switches • Support for IDNet addressable devices,conventional notification appliances,and default output tones from local amplifiers 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Optional modules include: with Voice Control • Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to Typical 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing system audio signals • Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral Introduction on-board NACs • Power supplies with or without battery chargers 4100ES MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host • City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel using Simplex®remote maintenance terminals unit interface(RUI)communications.At the transponder, RUI communications are received by the transponder • Alarm relays,auxiliary relays,additional IDC modules, interface module and translated into the same internal and NAC expansion modules communications format that is used in the host control NEMA111P30 cabinets are equipped with solid panel. doors(platinum or red)and in one,two, or three Remotely located modules.With RUI bay sizes communications,the transponder can remotely provide Listed to: the same initiating and notification functions that occur at • UL 864,Fire Detection and Control(UOJZ),and Smoke the host control panel without requiring multiple long Control Service(UUKL) distance wiring runs. Connections to the host panel are • UL 2017,Process Management Equipment(QVAX) low current communications and audio wiring with • UL 1076,Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar(APOU) distances up to 2500 ft(762 m). • UL 1730,Smoke Detector Monitor(UULH) 41000 Series Products Note. The system modules and • UL 2572,Mass Notification Systems(PGWM) features listed in this data sheet are both compatible with, • ULC S527,Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems and listed for use with 4100U series fire alarm control * See pages 4 aid 5 for product that is listed as UL or ULC.This product has been approved panels.Contact your local Simplex product supplier for the California State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the Califomia Health details. and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allonable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.Accepted for use—City of Ne✓vYork Deportment of Buildings—lvEA3-93E.Additional listings may be applicable;oor tad you local S rrplex product s miler for the latest status.Listings aid approvals under Simplex Time Reoorder Co.ae the property of Tyoo Are Protection Products. S4100-0035-13 10/2014 Introduction (Continued) Local Mode Control Operation (Continued) Please refer to document S4100-0031 and the other Notification Operation.Fire alarm conditions reported documents listed on page 3 for additional information against a fire alarm point type within a transponder in concerning the extensive initiating and notification local mode will cause all notification appliance circuits in features of the 4100ES fire alarm control panels. that transponder to: • Sound a general alarm temporal pattern horn tone Module Ba D@SCrI•tlorl • Activate visible notification appliance circuits Transponder model 4100-9600 includes a bay Local Mode Module Support.Local mode operation assembly,a power distribution interface module(PDI),a provides support for the following 4100ES modules: Basic Transponder Interface Module,and an interconnect harness. Communications with the host fire alarm control • System Power Supplies(SPS),Expansion Power panel are via a Remote Unit Interface(RUI)connection Supplies(XPS),and Remote Power Supplies(RPS), that allows for up to 2500 ft(762 m)distance.RUI can including on-board notification appliance circuits communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices and (NACs)and expansion signal modules,operated at a can be either Style 4 or Style 7 communications. temporal pattern, Transponder model 4100-9601 substitutes a Local • IDNet addressable device circuits,including those Mode Transponder Module for the Basic Transponder on-board the SPS,and communications from IDNet 2 Module. and IDNet 2+2 modules • 4100ES amplifiers will provide their on-board horn Optional Expansion Bays each include a PDI and tones(500 Hz) e t a atmporal pattern through their on- accept a variety of optional modules(refer to list starting board amplifier t a Cs to on page 4). The Battery Compartment(bottom)accepts two Local Mode Operation Module Exclusion.Modules not listed above but that are listed as compatible with batteries,up to 50 Ah,that can be mounted within the MINIPLEX transponders per this document,do not cabinet.Battery mounting does not interfere with interfere with local mode operation but are not supported available module space.A power supply with battery during local mode operation. charger is required for each battery set. Packa•in• Availabilit Local Mode Controller Operation.During local mode operation,an optional • Modules are power-limited(except as noted,such as Local Mode Controller will indicate status(see illustration relay modules) below)and can be enabled using a keyswitch to perform • Enclosure are available for one,two,or three bay sizes local alarm silence or reset.If alarms occurring during local or for cabinet rack mounting mode are reset using a Local Mode Controller,upon • NEMA 1/1P30 boxes and solid doors are available in restoration of communications,those alarms will not be platinum or red(ordered separately) sent to the master controller.If alarms are still present • Up to eight close-nippled cabinets can be connected at upon restoration of communications,then the alarm one transponder location(close-nippled is mounted condition will be reported and host fire alarm control panel within 20 ft(6 m)and with interconnecting wiring programmed alarm functions will occur.When enclosed in conduit) communications are re-established,the local mode transponder restores automatically. • Refer to document S4100-0037 for enclosure details Mounting.Local Mode Controllers are mounted on Local Mode Control Operation three-gang plates,are available in beige or red,and for Default Stand-Alone Operation.In the event of a either flush or semi-flush mounting.(See page 7 for communications loss with the host fire alarm control details). panel,model 4100-9601 MINIPLEX Local Mode Transponders provide fire alarm response default operation for its connected devices and appliances per the Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller following. • Alarm Local Mode Input Operation.During local mode operation, CONTROL Control • Alarm ed TrueAlarm initiating devices connected to the transponder ENABLE • Mode will cause an alarm at their least sensitive alarm threshold. Active 0Sllen a Reset • Power • Photoelectric sensors will alarm at 3.7%/ft smoke obscuration 5 Simplex See Operating Instruction 579-343 • Ionization sensors will alarm at 1.3%/ft obscuration O � • Heat sensors will alarm at a fixed temperature of 135°F (57°C) Local Mode Controller Module • TrueAlarm device LEDs will be activated to indicate a device in alarm 2 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 Typical Multi-Floor MINIPLEX Audio System Seventh floor gEW _ Legend: s MINIPLEX transponder — L® Strobe NAC ._F0. _n Sixth floor 1 11 1 Speaker NAC th----i— —] I ., \FIRE F® TrueAlarm sensors and IDNet/MAPNET II Fifth floor 171 addressable circuits Audio riser wiring, twisted pair TC--9 RUI communications pE' wiring,twisted,shielded Fourth floor 0 pair IIU ® MINIPLEX transponder Third floor =,v,i --,,,._=- ".' - ® 1 i -- Second floor J F...A o Eli Eli Eli Bali 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with Voice Control First floor Additional 4100ES Data Sheet Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0103 4100ES Basic Panels S4100-0031 4100ES Basic Panels With EPS Power S4100-0100 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0036 Supplies Network Display Unit(NDU) 1 S4100-0102 Remote Battery Charger S4081-0002 Enclosures S4100-0037 LED/Switch Modules S4100-0032 4100ES Audio/Phone Modules S4100-0034 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 Addressable Device Compatibility S4090-0011 3 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 MINIPLEX Trans•onder Product Selection Transponder Type Model Description Supv. Alarm 4100 9600 Basic Transponder,includes bay equipment with power distribution interface,and 4100-0620 Basic 87 mA 87 mA Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A Local Mode Transponder,includes bay equipment with power distribution interface,and normal 87 mA 87 mA 4100-9601 4100-0625 Local Mode Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A in local mode 112 mA 112 mA Local Mode Controller Selection Model Description Supv. Alarm 4601-9108 I Flush mount Red with white Local Mode Controller,3-gang plate mounted; normal 12 mA 12 mA 4601-9109 Surface mount lettering flush mount requires a 1 ''/z"(38 mm)deep 4601-9110 Flush mount Beige with 3-gang box;surface mount controllers include a 4601-9111 Surface mount black lettering matching mounting box;see p.7 for details in local mode 20 mA 60 mA Communication Modules Model Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-6031 City Circuit,with disconnect switches For use with SPS Mounts 20 mA 36 mA 4100-6032 Select one per SPS City Circuit,without disconnect switches only, not RPS on SPS or 20 mA 36 mA 4100-6033 Alarm Relay,3 Form C relays,2 A @ 32 VDC;for SPS or RPS RPS 15 mA 37 mA 4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA 4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA 4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port(see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA Expansion, System, and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (XPS, SPS,and RPS are rated 9 A for"Special Application"appliances, 3 A/NAC;and 5 A for"Regulated 24 DC"power,2 A/NAC) Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100-5101 120 VAC UL 4100-5103 120 VAC,Canadian ULC Expansion Power Supply(XPS);9 A output;3 Class A/B 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA NACs;Canadian models have low battery cutout* 4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL 4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module,3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA 4100-5111 120 VAC UL System Power Supply(SPS);9 A power supply/charger 4100-5112 120 VAC,Canadian ULC with 250 point IDNet channel;3 Class A/B NACs;expansion 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA slot for City Circuit or Alarm Relay option;Canadian model 4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL has low battery cutout* 4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply(RPS);9 A power supply/charger 4100-5126 120 VAC,Canadian ULC similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits;will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA accept one 4100-6033;Canadian model has low battery 4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL cutout" 4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option,2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum 4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit(non-audio);order one for each close-nippled cabinet Special Application Simplex 4901,4903,4904,and 4906 Series horns,strobes,and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes Appliances (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances) Regulated 24 DC Power for other UL listed appliances;use associated external synchronization modules where required Appliances Miscellaneous Options and Accessories Model Description 4100-1290 24 Point I/O Module for external connections,select each point as either a switch input(momentary or maintained)or an output(for lamp/LED/relay); requires 1 Slot(refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional information) 4100-0632 Terminal Block Utility Module with 2, 16 position terminal blocks on 4"x 5"single block,for of up to 12 AWG wire(3.31 mm2) 4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch,connects into Transponder Interface Module,one per cabinet assembly if required 4100-0634 120 VAC 4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC Power Distribution Module(PDM)select per system voltage;one required per box 4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit,required for ULC listing of MINIPLEX transponder; mounts on solid door knockout Series resistor for WSO, IDCs(N.O.water flow and tamper on same circuit,wires after water flow and before tamper)470 0, 2081-9031 1 W,encapsulated,two 18 AWG leads(0.82 mm2),2'/2"L x 1 %"W x 1"H(64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm) Audio Riser Modules Model Description Size Supv. Alarm 4100 0621 Dual Channel Analog Audio Riser Module;accepts one or two separate audio signals from 1 Block 0 mA 15 mA host control panel;mounts in Block B,is controlled by Transponder Interface Module 4100 0622 3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Module;similar to analog module,except receives and 1 Block 70 mA 70 mA decodes a digital input signal with up to eight audio channels;with Non-Alarm Audio input Standard power supply NACs can provide synchronized strobe or SmartSync,two-wire operation. Continued on next page 4 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued) Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible* Model Description Details 4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35,35 W Amplifier,constant Includes three on-board NAC rating= 1.4 A 35 W,or 100 4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating=0.5 A speakers 4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50,50 W Amplifier,constant power is supplied from NAC rating=2 A 50 W,or 100 4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible an XPS, RPS,or SPS NAC rating=0.707 A speakers 100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible Model/Output Voltage 25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details 4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Primary Includes six,Class B audio NACs; 4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W NAC rating=50 W or 100 speakers ULC Amplifier maximum;2 A @ 25 VRMS; models 4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low 4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC,60 Hz ULbattery Backup Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout 4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W amplifier circuit 4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL Amplifier Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment* Model Description Details 4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35,35 W Amplifier,constant Includes three on-board NAC rating= 1.4 A 35 W,or 100 4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating=0.5 A speakers 4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50,50 W Amplifier,constant power is supplied from NAC rating=2 A 50 W,or 100 4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible an XPS, RPS,or SPS NAC rating=0.707 A speakers 100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible Model/Output Voltage 25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details 4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Primary Includes six,Class B audio NACs; 4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W NAC rating=50 W or 100 speakers ULC Amplifier maximum;2 A @ 25 VRMS; models 4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low 4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC,60 Hz UL Backup battery 4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC,60 Hz ULC 100 W Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout Amplifier amplifier circuit 4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC,50/60 Hz UL p Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers Model Description Details and Mounting Reference 4100-1245 Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module;adds Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings=1.5 A,35/50 W, three Class B audio NACs Choose or 100 speakers maximum; Supv=8 mA,Alarm=60 mA one per 4100-1246 Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module;converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings=2 A,50 W,or three on-board NACS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv=10 mA,Alarm=30 mA 4100-1248 100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs, mounts on 100 W ratings=1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers max. Choose amplifier assembly; Supv= 17 mA,Alarm=60 mA one per 4100-1249 100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings= amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation, mounts on 2 A,50 W,or 100 speakers max. 100 W amplifier assembly; Supv= 1 mA,Alarm=60 mA 25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Adapter Supv= 10 mA 4100-1259 rating=2 A,50 W,or for three NACs;select per on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NACS to 100 speakers max. amplifier output;not Alarm=35 mA Class A or Class B Constant Supervision 70.7 VRMS Output;NAC compatible with amplifier NAC Supv=38 mA NACs;mounts on Flex-35/50 or 100 W = expansion modules; amplifier assembly; use two for the six NACs 4100-1260 rating0.707 A,50 W, p on batteries; on 100 W amplifiers or 100 speakers max. deactivated when on batteries Alarm=70 mA Firefighters Telephone Options Model Description Size Supv. In Use 4100-1272 Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACS;required when 1 Block 80 mA 130 mA telephone circuits are mounted in transponder; 4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module; mounts on 4100-1272; no additional current required General Audio Options Model Description 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 kf1, 1 W 4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit;order one for each audio bay addition 4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit;order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio information. Continued on next page 5 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued) Audio Expansion Signal Module and Options Model Description Details and Mounting Reference Expansion Signal Module;three, 1.5 A Class B NACs for Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs;selects between 4100-5116 Audio applications;up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC two inputs;for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only,two input NACs are rating= 1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum required;Single Block module mounts in expansion bay; Supv=20 mA;Alarm=80 mA 4100 1266 Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC rating= Expands module capacity to six,Class B These modules 1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers max. NACs;Supv=0.84 mA;Alarm=60 mA mount on the 4100-1267 Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC rating= Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; 4100-5116; 1.5 A,50 W,or 100 speakers maximum Supv=0 mA;Alarm=30 mA select one Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Adapter; NAC rating= 1.4 A,50 W,or 100 speakers max. per 4100-1268 Converts 3 Class B NACs to Constant Supervision Class B max.;Supv=38 mA on batteries(constant 4100-5116 as or Class A NACs;for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS audio supervision deactivated);Alarm=70 mA required Model Description Size Supv. Alarm Initiating Device 4100-5005 Eight zones,Class B 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA Circuits (IDCs) 4100-5015 Eight zones,Class A 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA Addressable Interface Modules Model Description Supv. Alarm no devices 50 mA 60 mA 4100-3109* IDNet 2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with two short circuit 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block;standard on EPS with IDNet 2 Module 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA no devices 50 mA 60 mA IDNet 2+2 Module,250 point capacity;electrically isolated output with four short circuit 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 4100-3110" isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block;mounts in expansion bay or available 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA master controller bay module locations only,not applicable for EPS mounting 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA 4100-3111" IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module;for Aftermarket Field Installation Only;mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module;for use with 4100-3109 modules only "Note: Loading per IDNet device(no LEDs on)=0.8 mA supervisory and 1 m A alarm. Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation. Model Description Supv. Alarm 4100-3102 MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity,add devices separately;Module Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA size=2 Slots; Loading per MAPNET II device=1.7 mA Fully loaded module,total 471 mA 491 mA Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications;converts a single connected SLC into four isolated 4100-3103 outputs selectable as Class A or Class B;up to two Isolator Modules can be connected to one SLC; 50 mA 50 mA Module size=1 Slot; NOTE:Compatible with MAPNET II Remote Isolators only Relay Modules; Nonpower-Limited Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm 4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A 250 VAC 10 A 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA 4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2 A 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA 4100-3206 8 SPDT 3 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA Current Calculation Notes: 1. For total supervisory current,add panel module currents to base system value and add all external loads panel-powered loads. 2. For total alarm current,add panel module currents to base system alarm current and add all panel NAC loads and all external loads powered from panel power supplies. General Specifications 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC,60 Hz Input Power [System(SPS); Expansion(XPS); Remote(RPS);and 100 W amplifiers] 220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC,50/60 Hz; separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC Power Supply Output Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs;9 A Ratings for SPS,XPS, Output Rating total for"Special Application"appliances;4 A total for"Regulated Output switches to and RPS 24 DC"power battery backup (nominal 28 VDC on AC; Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum during mains AC 24 VDC on batter failure or brownout y NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC conditions backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total Battery Charger Battery capacity range UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah(batteries larger than 50 Ah Ratings for SPS and require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries RPS(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated,dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per batteries) and performance UL Standard 864,to 70%capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527 Operating Temp. Range 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C) Environmental Operating Humidity Range Up to 93%RH,non-condensing @ 90°F(32°C)maximum Installation Instruction Reference 574-844,Transponder Interface Cards 11579-343, Local Mode Controller 6 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 Local Mode Controller Detail Matching box is supplied with surface mount models 4601-9109(red)and 4601-9111 (beige);for semi-flush models 4601-9108 (red)and 4601-9110(beige),use a 1-1/2"(38 mm)minimum depth,3-gang box H Box dimensions,6-1/2"(165 mm) •I 1"(25.4 mm) into box b O A / A Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller • Alarm O Local Mode • CONTROL Control Alarm ENABLE Silenced 4-1/2" 4-5/8" • (114 mm) O (117 mm) Local • • Mode Active Alarm O Silence Reset Power On 13 Simplex See Operating Instruction 579-343 %__ V 1-3/4" I. Local Mode Controller dimensions,6-3/8"(162 mm) 0 1.4_ 1-3/4" mm) � Local Mode Controller to Transponder Wiring: 1. Wire close-nippled to transponder,maximum distance=20 ft(6.1 m). 2. Nine wires required:24 VDC(2),one per LED indicator(4),and one per switch(3). 3. Wire size, 18 AWG(0.82 mm2). Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference Description Mounting Transponder Interface Modules Block A Audio Riser Modules Block B Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Terminal Block Module 1 Block Ca IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules 1 Block 4,2 A Relays 1 Block ON 4, 10 A Relays power-limited 4",2 Slots Block A Block C Block E Block G 8,3 A Relays 1 Block VESDA Interface 2", 1 Slot Class B IDC 2", 1 Slot Class A IDC 2", 1 Slot MAPNET II Module 4",2 Slots MAPNET II Isolator 2", 1 Slot Decoder Module 6",3 Slots Block B Block D Block F Block H System or Remote Power Supply Blocks E,F,G&H ONLY aExpansion Power Supply _ Blocks G&H ONLY NAC Expansion Module On XPS ONLY Expansion Bay Chassis Flex-35 Amplifiers,2 max/bay* Blocks E&F;C&D; or A&B Size Definitions:Block=4"W x 5"H(102 mm x 127 mm)card area Flex-50 Amplifiers,2 max/bay* Blocks E&F or C&D Slot=2"W x 8"H(51 mm x 203 mm)motherboard with daughter card 100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay _ Blocks E,F,G&H 100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max. Blocks A,B,C&D per bay with primary amplifier Telephone Expansion Module 1 Block Expansion Signal Module 1 Block *NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an expansion bay,special mounting rules apply. 7 S4100-0035-13 10/2014 Enclosure Installation Reference Front view, box outline without door Side view with door attached s Door thickness 4-3/4" (121 mm) 3 Bay height= 56"(1422 mm) Knockout screw/nail holes (for semi-flush mounting) A 0 0 Exposed cabinet for 2 Bay height= semi-flush mounting 40"(1016 mm) 1/2"(12.7 mm)minimum Wall board reference for semi-flush mounting,6"stud • 1 Bay height= 22"(559 mm) Doors can be hinged left or right Stud alignment markers,each side Optional semi-flush ]6"stud] trim kit reference /[4"stud] • V • 24" (610 mm) ► ° 6-29/32" (175 mm) 11-11/16" (296 mm) NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780. TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.VESDA is a trademark ofXtralis Pty Ltd. aS i m p 1 EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0035-13 10/2014 www.simplexgrinnell.com ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx 4I000 Fire Control Panels UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Cabinet Reference; Boxes, Doors, MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Dress Panels, Rack Mounting, and Accessories Simplex®4100ES Box and door options: • Boxes are available sized for one,two,or three equipment bays,each with a battery bay located at the bottom - -� • Colors include platinum or red • Doors are glass front with modular dress panels,or 4100ES One Bay Cabinets solid • Models are available with box and door combined for single package shipping,or packaged separately • Enclosures are NEMA 1 rated;wall mount enclosures Q are also IP30 rated • Refer to individual 4100ES data sheets for product application listings(see list on page 2) Door and dress panel selection is coordinated with cabinet function: 4100ES Two Bay Cabinets • Glass doors with modular dress panels provide visibility of annunciation and interface modules for Control Panels,Network Display Units(NDU),and Remote Annunciators • Solid doors are for MINIPLEX Transponders and utility function cabinets where module visibility is not required 4100ES Enclosure details: • Latching dress panels easily lift off for internal access • Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting conduit entrance holes exactly where required • Alignment markers are provided at the top and bottom - of each box side for 6"(152 mm)or 4"(102 mm)wall 4100ES Three Bay Cabinets studs • Knockout screw/nail holes are supplied for semi-flush mounting Upright cabinet rack packaging reference: • For use with Bud Industries Inc. special cabinet rack model number 45964 • Refer to page 2 for cabinet rack listing • Far 4100ES one,two,and three bay cabinets with associated equipment:Products are listed by the California State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pusuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Heath and Safety Cade.See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable vakues aidfor concitions concerning material presented in this document.Accepted for use—City of New York Department of Buildings—fvEA35-93E Additional listings may be applicable,contact your local Srrplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings aid approvals under Snplex The Recorder Co.are the property of Tyoa Fre Protection Products. Cabinet Rack Enclosure (shown with door open) S4100-0037-14 12/2014 Enclosure Selection Chart (refer to •a•es 3 and 4 for dimensions Note:Door keys are shipped with system Master Controller, see Miscellaneous Accessories below for additional keys Combined Box and Door Selection (select if box and door are to be shipped together) Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay Box with Glass Door and Dress Panel 2975-9444 2975-9445 2975-9446 2975-9441 2975-9442 2975-9443 Box with Solid Door 2975-9450 2975-9451 2975-9452 2975-9447 2975-9448 2975-9449 Separate Box and Door Selection (select if boxes and doors are required to be shipped separately) Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay Box 2975-9438 2975-9439 2975-9440 2975-9407 2975-9408 2975-9409 Glass Door and Dress Panel 4100-2104 4100-2105 4100-2106 4100-2124 4100-2125 4100-2126 Solid Door 4100-2114 4100-2115 4100-2116 4100-2134 4100-2135 4100-2136 Cabinet Rack Mounting (refer to page 4 for additional details) Model Description #45964 Listings #45964, Special upright cabinet rack for 4100ES; 19"(483 mm)E.I.A.; UL and ULC listed only as of document revision from Bud gray texture; includes front polycarbonate door and rear date; cabinets are listed with the Simplex Industries Inc. louvered door, both keyed with Simplex"B"keys 4100ES product line 4100-2140 Master Controller Rack Mount Kit,one required per master controller Master Controller and Option Bays each require 9 Rack Units; 15.75" 4100-2145 Option Bay Rack Mounting Kit, one required per expansion bay height(400 mm) 4100-2144 Power Distribution Module(PDM)Rack Mount Kit,order PDM separately per system voltage, one required per cabinet rack Power Distribution Modules Model Voltage Description 4100-0634 120 VAC Power Distribution Module(PDM); select per system voltage; 4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC one required per 4100ES box or cabinet rack Miscellaneous Accessories Model Description 252-019 Door key, one is shipped with system Master Controller,order for replacement or when extra keys are needed; (Simplex"B"key) 4100-9856 Canadian French Appliqué Kit,for 1,2,or 3 bay sizes 4100 9857 4100ES Appliqué Retrofit Kit,for 1,2,or 3 bay sizes; use to identify 4100ES features when new door is not used; included with Master Controller Upgrade kits as detailed on data sheet S4100-0031 4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit:Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit,4100ES 4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit:Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station,4100ES 4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit,for module marking NOTE: One kit is supplied for each cabinet; order this if required for additional field module installation 4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC Mounts using knockout provided in solid door listing of MINIPLEX transponder 2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim 1 '/16 (37 mm)wide,four corners and trim pieces for 2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim top, bottom,and sides Battery Reference Model Capacity Model Capacity Battery Notes 2081-9272 6.2 Ah 2081-9287 25 Ah 1. Sealed lead-acid batteries, 12 VDC each;two required per 2081-9274 10 Ah 2081-9276 33 Ah battery location. 2081-9288 12.7 Ah 2081 9296 50 Ah 2. Battery selection is required if batteries are internal. 3. Select one size per battery set 2081-9275 18 Ah 4. Refer to data sheet S2081-0006 for battery details. Battery Accessories Model Description 4100-0650 Battery Shelf, required for 50 Ah batteries 4100-5128 Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required for all close-nippled cabinets unless cabinet receives all power from power supplies and batteries located in the adjacent cabinet 2 S4100-0037-14 12/2014 Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference Front view,box outline without door Side view with door attached f A NOTE: Door thickness t0. o o " 4-3/4"(121 mm) O A system ground must be 3 Bay height= provided for Earth Detection 56"(1422 mm) and transient protection devices.This connection Knockout screw/nail holes shall be made to an (for semi-flush mounting) approved,dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250,and NFPA 780. A For additional installation o o ° information refer to Exposed cabinet for Installation Instructions 2 Bay height= semi-flush mounting ; 4 579-117. 40"(1016 mm) 1/2"(12.7 mm)minimum Wall board reference for semi-flush mounting,6"stud A 1 Bay height= 22"(559 mm) -w� Doors can be hinged left or right—" Stud alignment markers,each side Optional semi-flush 6"stud trim kit reference (4"stud] 1 V— 1 2 ______ I o t 24"(610 mm) Po. I6-29/32" (175 mm) A 11-11/16" • (296 mm) Additional Data Sheet Reference Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet 4100ES Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100 Network Display Unit(NDU)with EPS S4100-0102 4100ES Basic Panel Modules and Accessories S4100-0031 Power Supplies MINIPLEX Transponders with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0103 Network Display Unit(NDU) S4100-0036 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0035 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038 LED/Switch Modules S4100-0032 InfoAlarm Command Center S4100-0045 4100ES Audio/Phone Modules S4100-0034 Remote Battery Charger S4081-0002 3 S4100-0037-14 12/2014 Console Packa•e Reference • • • • • 4 E Front View Side View Rear View Cabinet Rack S•ecifications Type Upright cabinet rack for exclusive use with Simplex 4100ES Fire Alarm Products Supplier Order from Bud Industries Inc. (www.budind.com) Model Number 45964 Height 69-7/8" (1775 mm) Outside Dimensions Width 24-1/16"(611 mm) Depth 22"(559 mm) Color Gray texture Panel Space Width 19" E.I.A. (483 mm) Front Door Surface mount with 1/8"thick(3.18 mm)smoke gray polycarbonate, locked with Simplex"B"key, hinged on left of cabinet Rear Door Ventilated top and bottom, locked with Simplex"B"key Sides Side panels are removable from the inside for rack-to-rack mounting Bottom Pan attached for battery mounting Levelers Includes 4 stem levelers on bottom Installation Instructions 579-229 TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. aS i m p 1 EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4100-0037-14 12/2014 www.simplex-fire.com ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. aSimplEx Fire Alarm Control Panel Accessories Listings* System Batteries, Sealed Lead-Acid; with Applications Reference for Battery Cabinets, and Battery Cabinets with Charger Features ---------------- Rechargeable, sealed lead-acid batteries: • Lead-calcium grid structure with immobilized electrolyte in absorbent separator 'C• • Low maintenance with no need to add water • Low self-discharge characteristics smpEx ,00� • One-piece,high impact polystyrene cell cover with high reliability dual seal construction • UL 924 recognized pressure relief valves Available in a variety of capacities: • Batteries for internal mounting range from 6.2 Ah up to 50 Ah,depending on control panel cabinet size • Larger batteries,up to 110 Ah,mount in external battery cabinets with models available with internal chargers Battery cabinets with chargers: • Battery cabinets with charger communicate with their connected fire alarm control panel and are available for 4100ES/4010ES/4100U Series and 4010 Series panels Descri•tion Compatible Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries can be Installed Inside Fire Alarm Control Panel Cabinets Simplex®rechargeable sealed-lead acid batteries provide reliable and repeatable discharge and recharge characteristics for use in fire alarm and other systems applications.They are designed with immobilized electrolyte in an absorbent separator,allowing them to provide rated capacity on the first cycle. Because of their sealed construction,packaging is allowed within the system electronics enclosure(see illustration on page 2).When this is applicable,the quantity of system cabinets and the battery wiring distances are both minimized.Where required,external battery cabinets can Remote Battery Cabinets are Available for be close-nippled to the control panel to house larger Larger Battery Requirements batteries with battery chargers available in some battery cabinet sizes. Battery Details (Continued) Batter Details Shipping. Sealed lead-acid batteries are shipped via Charging.These batteries are intended to be used with ground or sea transportation only. They are not shipped compatible Simplex battery chargers. via air. Series Connections.These batteries are required to be Disposal.Battery chemicals and materials can be connected in series to produce 24 V system voltage. recycled.Refer to information shipped with the battery or Battery sets must be of identical voltage,model number, on its case.Return to the battery manufacturer or to a appearance,and approximately the same date of similarly qualified battery processing facility for proper manufacture for proper operation. disposal. Testing.Battery capacity testing is recommended to be Seismic Activity Applications.Battery brackets are performed by using a sealed lead-acid battery tester available for systems tested for compliance with specific designed to withdraw a minimum of battery charge.The batteries.Please refer to data sheet S2081-0019 for preferred tester applies a variety of amplitude and details. duration controlled test pulses that compares terminal * Refer to details on page 4andtothe referenced indiividual product data sheets for agency voltage against those predicted for the specific battery listing status of battery cabinets and chargers.The batteries detailed in this document size. (Testing is available through your local Simplex meet the regrirements of LL uLC,aid Factory Mutual for use with respective equipment product supplier.) battery drargers as listed on page a Contact your local Simplex product supplier for proper battery selection per system regrirements.Listings ad approvals under Srrplex Terre Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protedion Products. S2081-0006-21 12/2014 Batte Construction Reference Actual appearance will vary with battery size. Sealed outer cover Quick connect or post type terminal Vent hole (type varies with battery size) Potting material,black for �. negative,red for positive to to (polarity is also clearly -`J�`J� marked with+and-) wIU Pressure relief valve ■ Inner cover riliria , Absorbent separator used immobilize electrolyte ir- to111 * Semi-permeable Lead-calcium grids membrane separator Cell group if 0. Cell case(high impact polystyrene) Batte Size S•ecifications Capacity @ 20 Hour Height with Approximate Battery Model Discharge Rate Width" Depth* Terminals Weight" 2081-9272 6.2 Ah 6-1/8"(156 mm) 2-5/8"(67 mm) 4"(102 mm) 5.75 lbs(2.6 kg) 2081-9274 10 Ah 6"(153 mm) 4-1/16"(103 mm) 4"(102 mm) 9.2 lbs(4.2 kg) 2081-9288 12.7 Ah 6"(153 mm) 4"(102 mm) 4"(102 mm) 9 lbs(4.1 kg) 2081-9275 18 Ah 7-1/4"(184 mm) 3-3/8"(86 mm) 6-5/8"(168 mm) 14.3 lbs(6.5 kg) 2081-9287 25 Ah 6-5/8"(168 mm) 5"(127 mm) 7"(178 mm) 19.4 lbs(8.8 kg) 2081-9271 (rectangular case, 33 Ah 12-1/2"(318 mm) 3-3/8"(86 mm) 7-1/16"(179 mm) 26.6 lbs(12.1 kg) typically for service) 2081-9276 ("square"case, 33 Ah 7-3/4"(197 mm) 5-1/4"(133 mm) 6-3/4"(171 mm) 26.5 lbs(12 kg) use for new) 2081-9296 50 Ah 9"(229 mm) 5-1/2"(140 mm) 8-7/8"(225 mm) 41.8 lbs(19 kg) 2081-9279 110 Ah 11-3/16"(284 mm) I 10-1/2"(267 mm) 9"(230 mm) 82 Lbs(37 kg) Dimensions and weight are per battery and are for reference only. Exact size may vary. Refer to the tables on page 3 for mounting compatibility.These batteries are 12 V each and series connected for 24 V system use. NOTE: When wired in series for 24 V output,these batteries are to be of identical voltage,appearance,model number,and approximately the same date of manufacture. General Batte S•ecifications Nominal Voltage Rating 12 Volts per battery Discharge Rating 20 Hour Rate Typical Charge/Discharge Cycles 100 to 150 Preferred Charge Temperature Range 60° F to 90° F(15.6°C to 32.2°C) 2 S2081-0006-21 12/2014 Battery Compatibility for Fire Alarm Control Panel Mounting NOTE: Refer to individual fire alarm control panel product data sheets for additional battery application information Simplex Control Panel Model Series(see legend and notes below) Battery Capacity Model 4007ES& 4006& 4009 4100ES/ 4100&4120 4003EC 4004R 4005 4008 (all models) 4010 4010ES 4100U (2,4 or 6-Unit) 2081-9272 6.2 Ah I I I I I I I I I 2081-9274 10 Ah I I 1 I 1 1 1 ✓ ✓ 2081-9288 12.7 Ah I I I 1 I I I I ✓ 2081-9275 18 Ah Ext Note 3 1 Ext Ext Note 2 1 ✓ ✓ 2081-9287 25 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext Ext NA I 1 1 1 2081-9271 33 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext NA NA Note 3 1 ✓ Ext rectangular 2081-9276 33 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext NA NA Note 3 ✓ 1 ✓ "square" 2081-9296 50 Ah NA Note 3 NA NA NA Note 3 Note 6 2 or 3 bay Ext 2081-9279 1 110 Ah Requires external battery cabinet,compatible with 4100ES,4010ES,4100,and 4120 Series only I =Can be placed in the respective equipment cabinet Ext=External battery cabinet is required, refer to selection chart on page 4 NA=Not applicable/not compatible NOTES: 1. These batteries meet the requirements of UL, ULC,and Factory Mutual for use with respective equipment battery chargers listed above. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for proper battery selection per system requirements. 2. 4010 Cabinets will accommodate 2081-9275, 18 Ah batteries, but will not allow bottom entry conduit. 3. Use 4081 series companion cabinet and charger, refer to page 4. 4. Some control panel models are listed for battery replacement reference only. 5. For 2 bay international applications only,50 Ah batteries will fit in the cabinet. External Batte Cabinet Corn•atibilit Reference Battery Cabinets without Chargers (connects to charger in panel) Battery Cabinet Panel Compatibility 2081-9275 2081-9287 2081-9271 2081-9276 2081-9296 2081-9279 18 Ah* 25 Ah Rectangular 33 Ah Square 33 Ah 50 Ah 110 Ah 2081-9280 4100ES,4010ES, NA NA NA NA NA I 41000, and 4100+ 2081-9281 multiple I ✓ ✓ I ✓ NA 2081-9282 4009-9801 multiple I. ✓** NA NA NA NA 4009-9802 multiple ✓ NA ✓ NA NA NA Battery Cabinets with Chargers 2081-9275 2081-9287 2081-9271 2081-9276 2081-9296 2081-9279 Cabinet Panel Compatibility 18 Ah* 25 Ah Rectangular 33 Ah Square 33 Ah 50 Ah 110 Ah 4081-9301 4004R and 4010 I I ✓ ✓ ✓ NA 4081-9302 4081-9306 4100ES,4010ES, NA NA NA NA ✓ ✓ 4081-9308 and 4100U *Batteries smaller than those listed are normally mounted in the product cabinet **25 Ah capacity was effective as of 7/2005. 1=Can be placed in the respective equipment cabinet NA=Not applicable/not compatible 3 S2081-0006-21 12/2014 External Batte Cabinet S•ecification Reference Battery Cabinets Without Chargers; Shallow Design with Front Door Model Color Listings Description Dimensions 2081-9281 Beige UL and 2-Unit,4100 style cabinet without charger;with locking 25-3/4"W x 20-3/4"H x 6-3/4"D FM batteries solid door and battery shelf, primarily for use with 50 Ah (654 mm x 527 mm x 171 mm) 2081-9282 Red 4003-9860 Beige Multiple Intended for use with 4003EC systems,for up to 33 Ah 9-1/2"H x 24"W x 9"D batteries(refer to 4003EC data sheet S4003-0002) (241 mm x 610 mm x 229 mm) 4009-9801* Beige UL and For up to 25 Ah External battery cabinet without charger, 16-1/4"W x 13-1/2"H x 5-3/4"D FM batteries* with locking solid door and battery (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm) For up to 33 Ah harness;for close-nippled mounting to 25-3/4"W x 20-3/4"H x 4-1/8"D 4009-9802 Beige UL batteries fire alarm control panel cabinet (654 mm x 527 mm x 105 mm) *Depth increased for 25 Ah batteries effective 7/2005. Chargers for use with 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels and 4004R Suppression Release Systems (refer to data sheet S4081-0001) Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions 4081-9301 Beige Battery cabinet with charger for the 4010 and 4004R fire alarm control panel;for up to 50 Ah 120 VAC batteries;with front door 22-1/2"W x16-3/4"H x 8-3/8"D 4081-9302 Red Listings include:UL, ULC, FM, CSFM, and MEA (572 mm x 425 mm x 213 mm) (NYC), see data sheet for details Battery Cabinet Without Charger for 110 Ah Batteries; for use with compatible panel mounted chargers (refer to data sheet S2081-0012) Model& Color Cabinet Description Compatible Charger Description Dimensions Listings Chargers 4010-9xxx 4010ES Main System Supply Series (MSS) 4100-9xxx 4100ES/41000 System Power Series Supplies(SPS) Battery cabinet for 4100-5111 2081-9279, 110 Ah 4100-5112 4100E5/41000 Additional SPS 2081-9280 batteries; includes 4100-5113 Listings Red 80 A battery fuse, 4100-5125 4100ES/41000 Remote Power 26-1/2"W x 12"H x 12"D include:UL terminals and 4100-5126 (673 mm x 305 mm x 305 mm) and CSFM battery connection 4100-5127 Supply(RPS) cables; see data 4100-5120 sheet for details 4100-5121 4100ES/41000 TrueAlert 4100-5122 Addressable Power Supply(TPS) 4100-0104 4100-0114 4100 Legacy power supplies 4100-0124 4100ES/4010ES/41000 Compatible Battery Cabinet With Charger for 110 Ah Batteries (for ULC listed systems and for other applications unable to use panel mounted power supply charger; refer to data sheet S4081-0002) Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions Battery cabinet with charger for up to 110 Ah 4081-9306 Red 120 VAC batteries; NOTE: Required for ULC listed charging of 27-7/8"W x 13-1/2"H x 14-5/8"D 220/230/240 VAC, 110 Ah batteries;Listings include:UL, ULC, FM, (708 mm x 343 mm x 371 mm) 4081-9308 Red multi-tapped CSFM, and MEA (NYC), see data sheet for details 4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing, mounts above access panel using knockout provided TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. S®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S2081-0006-21 12/2014 www.simplex-fire.com C©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. S®SimplEx System Accessories, LCD Annunciators UL, ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator for and MEA (NYC) Approved* 4100ES and 41000 Fire Alarm Control Panels Features Remote LCD annunciator for use with Simplex® model: ® o • 4100ES and 4100U fire alarm control panels SYSTEM IS NORMAL • Legacy products 4100,4120,and 4020 fire alarm control M012:25:15 am THU 02-AUG-12 panels,and 4100/4120 Universal Transponders SEM oe•.`o:•:oa.s��; •Ea „E• U Information display features: M0 U U I I ) I • Maintained display of first alarm is available with asimptex 4100ES and with 4100U at software revision 11.11 or higher 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator • Wide viewing angle,super-twist LCD technology with green LED backlighting • Two lines of 40 characters each Description (Continued) • LED status indicators • During battery backup,backlighting is disabled until Repeated operation of the appropriate acknowledge there is switch activity switch will scroll the LCD display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence.The tone-alert also pulses to Controls include: indicate the operation of any of the push-button switches. • Switches for system acknowledge,alarm silence,and system reset Consult local code requirements for guidance in • Four programmable control switches determining applications and location of the 4603-9101 LCD annunciator. • Lamp/LCD test Wiring information: O•eration • RUI(Remote Unit Interface)communications require a System Controls.Notification appliances can be single twisted wire pair(see p.3 for more information) deactivated by pressing the"ALARM SILENCE"switch. • Separate wiring is required for 24 VDC control panel (Exact operation is determined by the host control panel power such as visible appliances remaining on until system is reset.)Pressing the"SYSTEM RESET"switch restores Flush mount on standard electrical boxes the system to normal operation.When system activity is Options: normal,the LCD displays the time,date,and"SYSTEM IS NORMAL." • 2975-9206,Surface mount box • 4603-9111,Brushed stainless steel trim Control Switches.Four programmable"CONTROL" switches and associated LEDs are included.Typical UL Listed to Standard 864 applications include manual evacuation,door holder release bypass,and elevator capture bypass. Descri•tion Keyswitch Enable.All switches on the annunciator are Remote Control and Annunciation is provided using controlled by the"ENABLE"keyswitch with a key that is an 80 character,back-lit,alphanumeric display. removable only in the disabled position.A brief Information is presented in clear,descriptive English lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is language and includes:Point Status(alarm,trouble,etc.); changed from enabled to disabled. Alarm Type(smoke detector,manual station,etc.); Battery Backup Operation.During battery backup, Number of System Alarms,Supervisory Conditions, the LED backlighting is disabled to conserve battery and Trouble Conditions;and a Custom Location Label. power.When an annunciator switch is activated,the Wiring.A single twisted wire pair provides serial RUI backlighting is automatically enabled.After communications that also supports other Simplex serial approximately 30 seconds of inactivity,the backlighting annunciators on the same wire pair. will again be disabled. Multiple Indications.Alarm, Supervisory,and Trouble *This produd has been approved by the Califomia State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to conditions are also indicated by dedicated LEDs and a Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing tone-alert audible sounder.Each condition has a dedicated 7120-0026:0179 for allowable values and/or conditions ming rrnterid presented in acknowledge push-button switch that silences the this document.It is subject to re-examination,revision,and possible cancellation. Accepted fa use—City of New York Department of Buildings—lvEA35-93E.Additional tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in listings nay be applicable;canted your local Sirrplex product supplier for the latest that category are restored to normal. Switch operation is stake.Listings and approvals older Sirrplex Tine Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Are Ftotediar Products. either globally or individually acknowledgeable, determined by the control panel operation. S4603-0001-12 8/2012 Product Selection Model Description 4603-9101 Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim 4603 9101 CF Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim,with French keypad for Canada Refer to specifications on page 3 for additional details 4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option 2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish 2081-9044 Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details 4603-9101 O•erator Information 2 X 40 LCD READOUT,green LED backlighted during normal conditions . , and abnormal operating conditions SIX STATUS INDICATOR LEDs provide system status indications in addition to LCD information; LEDs flash to ` indicate the condition and then when acknowledged, FOUR PROGRAMMABLE(Yellow)LEDs, remain on steady until reset; Fire Alarm and Priority 2 each with pushbutton switch and custom Alarm are red;System Supervisory,System Trouble, `labeling pocket l `and Alarm Silenced are yellow; Power On is green • \ \i‘ / ® 0 \ DISPLAY TIME , I , SYSTEM IS NORMAL , displays time of last :PC'F1:15 OM THU o; -Al_la -12 occurrence of event / list being displayed; FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILEN or displays current • • • • • • time when viewing ( , _ i - system status a1: information ' ' S Sim lex e / ALARM ACK/FIRE ALARM acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition and silences the SYSTEM RESET restores `panel and all annunciator tone-alerts control panel to normal e !CONTROL ENABLE ` when all alarmed inputs ALARM ACK/PRIORITY 2 acknowledges KEYSWITCH `are returned to normal l a Priority 2 Alarm condition and silences controls all switch functions; the panel and all annunciator tone-alerts key yis removable only in disabled position • SUPV ACK acknowledges System . i Supervisory conditions and silences the ' ` panel and all annunciator tone-alerts ALARM SILENCE causes audible notification appliances to be silenced; i , used after evacuation is complete and TROUBLE ACK acknowledges while alarm source is being investigated System Troubles and silences the '- i panel and all annunciator tone-alerts .. i 2 S4603-0001-12 8/2012 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator S•ecifications For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-979. General Operating Specifications Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied Normal Operating Current 110 mA(with LED backlighting on) Battery Standby Current 65 mA(during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds without switch activity) Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding) Operating Temperature Range 32°to 120° F (0°to 49° C) Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F(38° C) Communications RUI (Remote Unit Interface)external annunciator communications line SLC(signaling Type line circuit) 4100ES/4100U Capacity, Up to 31 remote annunciators/MINIPLEX transponders per channel including the Per RUI Output 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator, the 4602-9101 Status Command Unit(SCU), and Capacity 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit(RCU); refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for additional 4100ES information Wiring Requirements Standard Wiring Type Unshielded twisted pair(UTP), 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)for most applications, see below Wiring Characteristics 0.58 IJF (580 nF)maximum capacitance between conductors; 35 S2 maximum total line resistance 1. Wiring that leaves the building.Also requires Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors on each end, refer to data sheet S2081-0007 for 2081-9027(200 mA), or Wiring Applications S2081-0008 for 2081-9028(5 A) RUI Data Requiring Shielded, 2. Wiring run in 500 ft(152 m)or more of conduit. Twisted Pair(STP) 3. Wiring closely bundled with standard IDNet communications or TrueAlert addressable communications(not required when run with ZDNet+ communications). Class B "T Tap"wiring Up to 10,000 ft(3048 m)total wiring; up to 2500 ft(762 m)to farthest device distance Class X wiring distance Up to 2500 ft(762 m) Power Wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)wires for 24 VDC system power A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD Earth Wiring and EMI protection;wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) Article 250 Mounting Information NOTE: General Conduit Entrance Conduit entrance must be located a minimum of 2 3/4' (70 mm)from the front of the Requirement box to clear assembly Trim Dimensions 4'/2" H x 11 13/16"W(114 mm x 300 mm) Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige 4603-9111, Optional Trim Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper resistant screws Boxes for Flush Mounting 6-Gang, 3 1/2" (89 mm)deep: RACO 965, 6-gang masonry box; RACO 590, gangable (supplied by others) switch box, 6 required; or equal 2975-9206, Surface Mount Box Option (ordered separately) Dimensions 1131/32"Wx4%" Hx23/" D(304mmx117mmx70mm) Finish Painted steel, ivory finish 3 S4603-0001-12 8/2012 Mountin• Information Note: Review box choice with assembly layout before selecting conduit entrance location to allow easy access to terminals Flush Mount Ganged Boxes: Requires 6-gang box, 3-1/2" (89 mm) min. depth, use (6) RACO#590 or equal ° 0 ° j°_5° j°.7 j°.M° j°..1° j°_7 T (supplied separately) U U Flush Mount Masonry Box: 1 Use RACO#965, 3-1/2" (89 mm)deep ----------/ or equal (supplied separately) I Surface Mount Box: �V O �/ 0 OU 0 �/ 0 0 0 ° Simplex model 2975-9206 2-3/4"deep (70 mm) (ordered separately) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LCD Annunciator Assembly—. o o Trim plate_ • O MCI Terminal block MCI — , • ■ ■ ■ Z access at rear of 0 o 0 assembly,this side £i5implex 1=72211211 Wiring Notes: 1. Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted pair. 2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power, plus Earth Ground to each electrical box. IA419 '�c 3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-979 for additional wiring specifications. )) _op. s,m•.. o' MO MO ■o. ... ....._ Moll _ __ .il Fire Control •o_ano WO B 1.11: no®©0** m • m m '- 4603-91 0 1 -4603-9101 LCD Annunciators Fire Alarm Control Panel (4100ES shown) TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.National Electrical Code and NFPA are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). s®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4603-0001-12 8/2012 www.simplexgrinnell.corn ©2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. E Simplex Multi-Application Peripherals UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; IDNet or MAPNET II Communicating Devices FM Approved * Addressable Manual Stations Features I ® ® -- Individually -Individually addressable manual fire alarm stations with: .—— PULL DOWN •PULL OWN F��, ___I • Power and data supplied via IDNet or MAPNET II 4 J i addressable communications using a single wire pair • • Operation that complies with ADA requirements r • Visible LED indicator that flashes during ( ) ( ) communications and is on steady when the station has 4099-9021 4099-9805 been activated 4099-9004 NO GRIP NO GRIP • The NO GRIP Single Action Station and Retrofit Kit Single action g Single action Retrofit kit are available with a more easily operated pull lever for applications where anticipated users may find the standard station lever difficult to activate _LILL 0: = 0 0 • Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed -REAK GLASS • Break-rod supplied(use is optional) • Models are available with single or double action • )OWN7 KEY (breakglass or push)operation . OPERATED • • UL listed to Standard 38 . 0 ONLY Compatible with the following Simplex®control ( ) ( ) ( ) panels: With 2099 9828 • Model Series 4007ES,4008,4010,4010ES,4100ES, 4099-9005 4099-9006 Institutional 4100U,4020,4100,and 4120 fire alarm control Breakglass Push cover kit panels equipped with either IDNet or MAPNET II communications 0•eration • Model Series 2120 Communicating Device Activation of the 4099-9004 single action manual station Transponders(CDTs)equipped with MAPNET II requires a firm downward pull to activate the alarm switch. communications Completing the action breaks an internal plastic break-rod Compact construction: (visible below the pull lever,use is optional).The use of a • Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism without infiltration interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for • Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes easy activation.The pull lever latches into the alarm • Screw terminals for wiring connections position and remains extended out of the housing to provide Tamper resistant reset key lock(keyed same as a visible indication. Simplex fire alarm cabinets) Single Action NO GRIP Station 4099-9021.For Multiple mounting options: applications such as California Building Code,Title 24, which requires"Controls and operating mechanisms shall • Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching be operable with one hand and shall not require tight Simplex boxes grasping,pinching or twisting of the wrist"the model • Flush mount adapter kit 4099-9021 station provides a more easily operated pull • Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly lever compared to standard stations.Retrofit of existing available existing boxes stations is available using the 4099-9805 Retrofit kit. Description Double Action Stations (Breakglass)require the operator to strike the front mounted hammer to break the The Simplex addressable manual station combines the glass and expose the recessed pull lever.The pull lever then familiar Simplex manual station housing with a compact operates as a single action station. communication module that is easily installed to satisfy Double Action Stations(Push Type)require that a demanding applications. Its integral individual spring loaded interference plate(marked PUSH)be pushed addressable module(IAM)constantly monitors status and back to access the pull lever of the single action station. communicates changes to the connected control panel via IDNet or MAPNET II communications wiring. Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If the break- • Refer to page 2 for specific model listings.This product has been approved by the rod is used,it must be replaced.) California State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:224 for allowable values and/crconditions Station testing is performed by physical activation of the concerning material presented in this document.additional listings may be applicable; pull lever.Electrical testingbeperformed contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals can alsoby under Sirrplex Tine Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch. S4099-0005 10/2014 Addressable Manual Station Product Selection Addressable Manual Stations, Red Housing with White Letters and White Pull Lever Model Description Housing Pull Lever Listings 4099-9004 Single Action, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM,CSFM 4099-9004CB Single Action, Bilingual English and French FEU FIRE TIREZ PULL ULC 4099-9004CF Single Action, French ALARME FEU ABAISSEZ 4099-9004PO Single Action, Portuguese FOGO ALARME PUXE UL, FM 4099-9004SP Single Action, Spanish ALARMA FUEGO JALE 4099-9005 Double Action, Breakglass operation, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM,CSFM 4099-9005PO Double Action, Breakglass operation, Portuguese FOGO ALARME PUXE UL, FM 4099-9005SP Double Action, Breakglass operation, Spanish ALARMA FUEGO JALE 4099-9006 Double Action, Push operation, English FIRE ALARM PUSH PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM, CSFM 4099-9006PO Double Action, Push operation, Portuguese FOGO ALARME EMPURRE PUXE UL, FM 4099-9006SP Double Action, Push operation,Spanish ALARMA FUEGO EMPUJE JALE 4099-9021 Single Action NO GRIP operation, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM,CSFM Accessories (refer to pages 3 and 4 for details) Model Description Model Description 2975-9022 Cast aluminum surface mount box, red 2099-9803 Replacement breakglass 2975-9178 Surface mount steel box, red 2099-9804 Replacement break-rod 2099-9813 Semi-flush trim plate for double gang switch 2099-9828 Institutional cover kit for field installation on 4099-9004; box, red Note:Covers LED indicator 2099-9819 Flush mount adapter kit, black 2099-9814 Surface trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red 2099-9820 Flush mount adapter kit, beige 4099-9805 Retrofit Kit for field conversion of a single action station to a NO GRIP station; refer to Installation Instructions 579-1007 for details Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-1135 for additional information) Power and Communications IDNet or MAPNET II communications, 1 address per station Address Means DIP switch,8 position Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring,for 18 to 14 AWG wire(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2) UL Listed Temperature Range 32°to 120° F(0°to 49°C)intended for indoor operation Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F(38° F) Housing Color Red with white raised lettering _ Material Housing and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering Housing Dimensions 5"H x 3%"W x 1"D(127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm) Addressable Manual Station Semi-Flush Mounting 4"Square Box Mount 4"(102 mm)square box,2 1/8"(54 mm)minimum AMMINEWAIO depth,RACO#231 or equal(supplied by others) 0 Mount flush or with 1/16"(2 mm)-► AME maximum extension 0 4"Square box Single Gang Box Mount� o DO NOT RECESS (with cover plate Single gang box,2 1/2"deep 1 (64 mm),RACO#500 or equal (supplied by others) flr- FIRE 0 ALARM Station side view Single gang cover plate,3/4" puu_ Dom (19 mm)extension,RACO#773 or equal(supplied by others) Singlexgang box outline LED Indicator Wall surface SSimplex Semi-Flush Mount Side View 2 S4099-0005 10/2014 Addressable Manual Stations Surface Mountin• 2975-9178 Box 2975-9022 Cast Box Preferred Mounting.For surface 5-3/16"H x 4"W x 2-3/16"D 5"H x 3-7/8"W x 2-3/16"D mounting of these addressable (132 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm) (ordered separately) (ordered separately) manual stations,the preferred electrical boxes are shown in the `�� illustration to the right. Additional Mounting ir-i•T1 Reference. Refer to page 4 for Knockouts located Wiremold box mounting top and bottom compatibility. 11 FIRE ® i i 0 PULL DONN II 1 Access for 3/4"threaded 5" conduit located top and bottom (127 mm) IE 3SimpIEx 1"(25.4 mm) 3-3/4"(95 mm) -j 4099 Series Addressable Manual Station Surface Mount Side View with Internal Detail Application Reference Refer to NFPA 72,the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,and all 1-1/4" applicable local codes for complete 1.(32 mm)• Simplex 2975-9178 box requirements for manual stations. The Field wiring (shown for reference) (shown for reference) following summarizes the basic requirements. 1. Stations shall be located in the normal path of exit and distributed Address setting under in the protected area such that they resealable label(accessible are unobstructed and readily with cover open) ----------► ■ 2-5/8" accessible. (67 mm) 2. Mounting shall be with the oprt Station cover (1.07erable m)paand notnot morelessthan than42 48in in hinges open for — (1.22 m)above floor level. installation access 3. At least one station shall be Switch wiring provided on each floor.Additional (prewired) stations shall be provided to obtain a travel distance not more than 200 ft(61 m)to the nearest station from any point in the building. 4. When manual station coverage appears limited in any way, additional stations should be installed. 3 S4099-0005 10/2014 Addressable Manual Station, Additional Mounting Information / ------- For For retrofit and new installations, additional compatible mounting `, Wiremold boxes and the required adapter plates So o/ receptacle box are shown in the illustration to the 2099-9814 Surface trim model V5744-2 right. for Wiremold box (supplied by 5-1/8"H x 5"W others) (130 mm x 127 mm) ( ) c ) < > Two gang switch box,each /4,/ 3"H x 2"W x 2-3/4" ® (76 mm x 51mmx 70 mm) (supplied by others) Addressable 0 /) station IIA �� �� 1 J J 2099-9813 Semi-flush trim for 2 gang t ) switch box,6"H x 4-1/2"W . (152 mm x 114 mm) Addressable Manual Station Flush Mountin• Information Flush mount adapter kit 2099-9819,Black 2099-9820,Beige ► Box must be recessed into wall /-1.1 ...- 1"to 1-1/8"(25.4 mm to 29 mm) 8„ 0 (203 mm) III o Hole cutout must be a • [PULL DOWfminimum of 6"H by 5"WO 6., 0 (152 mm by 127 mm) (152 , 7mm) o411 mo_JI7 O .. / ''. 4-11/16"(119 mm) square box,2-1/8" (54 mm)minimum V Wall depth(by others) 4-3/4"(121 mm) ► surface-----"' 6-3/4"(171 mm) ► Front View Side View TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA).Lexan is a trademark of the General Electric Co.Wiremold is a trademark of the Wiremold Company. ®S i m p 1 EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4099-0005 10/2014 www.simplex-fire.com ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection P oducts.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as ofdocument revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx TrueAlarm Analog Sensing UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Analog Sensors — Photoelectric MEA (NYC) Acceptance* and Heat; Standard Bases and Accessories Features TrueAlarm analog sensing provides: • Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet or MAPNET II two-wire communications For use with the following Simplex®products: • 4007ES,4010,4010ES,4100ES,and 4100U Series t 1 In •I control panels;and 4008 Series control panels with Nit% ' reduced feature set(refer to data sheet S4008-0001 for details) • 4020,4100,and 4120 Series control panels,Universal 4098-9714 TrueAlarm Photoelectric Transponders,and 2120 TrueAlarm CDTs equipped Sensor Mounted in Base for MAPNET II operation Fire alarm control panel provides: Descri•tion • Peak value logging allowing accurate analysis of each sensor for individual sensitivity selection Digital Communication of Analog Sensing. • Sensitivity monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity TrueAlarm analog sensors provide an analog testing requirements;automatic individual sensor measurement digitally communicated to the host control calibration check verifies sensor integrity panel using Simplex addressable communications.At the • Automatic environmental compensation,multi-stage control panel,the data is analyzed and an average value is alarm operation,and display of sensitivity directly in determined and stored.An alarm or other abnormal percent per foot condition is determined by comparing the sensor's present • Ability to display and print detailed sensor value against its average value and time. information in plain English language Intelligent Data Evaluation.Monitoring each sensor's Photoelectric smoke sensors provide: average value provides a continuously shifting reference • Seven levels of sensitivity from 0.2%to 3.7% point.This software filtering process compensates for (refer to additional information on page 3) environmental factors(dust,dirt,etc.)and component Heat sensors provide: aging,providing an accurate reference for evaluating new • Fixed temperature sensing activity.With this filtering,there is a significant reduction • Rate-of-rise temperature sensing in the probability of false or nuisance alarms caused by • Utility temperature sensing shifts in sensitivity,either up or down. • Listed to UL 521 and ULC-5530 Control Panel Selection.Peak activity per sensor is General features: stored to assist in evaluating specific locations.The alarm • Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the • Listed to UL 268 and ULC-5529 host control panel,selectable as more or less sensitive as • Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke the individual application requires. capture by directing flow to chamber;entrance areas Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Sensor alarm set points are minimally visible when ceiling mounted can be programmed for timed automatic sensitivity • Designed for EMI compatibility selection(such as more sensitive at night,less sensitive • Magnetic test feature is provided during day).Control panel programming can also provide • Different bases are available to support a supervised multi-stage operation per sensor.For example,a 0.2% or unsupervised output relay,and/or a remote LED level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a alarm indicator 2.5%level may initiate an alarm. Additional base reference: Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication.Each • For isolator bases,refer to data sheet S4098-0025 sensor base's LED pulses to indicate communications • For sounder bases,refer to data sheet S4098-0028 with the panel.If the control panel determines a sensor is • For photo/heat sensors,refer to data sheet S4098-0024 in alarm,or is dirty or has some other type of trouble,the (single address)and 54098-0033 (dual address) details are annunciated at the control panel and that sensor These products have been approved by the California State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to base's LED will be turned on steadily.During a system Section 13144.1 of the Califcrnia Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listings alarm,the control panel will control the LEDs such that (2r2-0026:218,7271-0026:231,7270-0026:216,and 7300-0026:217 for allo eble\alues an LED indicating a trouble will return to pulsing to help and/or conditions ooncerriing materiel presented in this doarnent.Pooepted for use—City of Nevi/Yon(Department of Bindings—NE 35-93E Pdcilional listings rrey be applicable, identify the alarmed sensors. contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under nrrplex Tirre Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fre Protedion Products. S4098-0019-20 1/2015 TrueAlarm Sensor Bases and Accessories Descri•tion Sensor Base Features TrueAlarm sensor bases contain integral addressable electronics that constantly monitor the status of the Base mounted address selection: detachable photoelectric or heat sensors.Each sensor's • Address remains with its programmed location output is digitized and transmitted to the system fire alarm • Accessible from front(DIP switch under sensor) control panel every four seconds. General features: • Automatic identification provides default sensitivity when Since TrueAlarm sensors use the same base,different substituting sensor types sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet specific • Integral red LED for power-on(pulsing),or alarm or trouble location requirements. This feature also allows intentional (steady on) sensor substitution during building construction.When • Locking anti-tamper design mounts on standard outlet box conditions are temporarily dusty,instead of covering the • Magnetically operated functional test smoke sensors(causing them to be disabled),heat sensors may be installed without reprogramming the control Sensor Bases panel.Although the control panel will indicate an 4098-9792,Standard Sensor Base incorrect sensor type,the heat sensor will operate at a default sensitivity providing heat detection for building 4098-9789,Sensor Base with wired connections for: protection at that location. • 2098-9808 Remote LED alarm indicator or 4098-9822 relay (relay is unsupervised and requires separate 24 VDC) Mountin• Reference Supervised Relay Bases(not compatible with 2120 CDT): • 4098-9791,4-Wire Sensor Base,use with remote or Electrical Box Requirements:(boxes are by others) locally mounted 2098-9737 relay,requires separate 24 VDC Without relay in the box:4"octagonal or 4"square,1-1/2"deep; • 4098-9780,2-Wire Sensor Base,use with remote or single gang,2"deep locally mounted 4098-9860 relay,no separate power With relay in the box:4"octagonal or 4"square,1-1/2"deep, required with 1-1/2"extension ring • Supervised relay operation is programmable and can be a' (102 mm)Square Box 4"(102 mm)Octagonal Box manually operated from control panel Surface mount reference • Includes wired connections for remote LED alarm indicator _t or 4098-9822 relay(relay is unsupervised and requires separate 24 VDC) Sensor Base 0.tions 1-1/2"(38 mm) 2098-9737, Remote or local mount supervised relay: minimum box depth Flush mount reference,mount even with final • DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads,power limited surface,or with up to 1/4"(6.4 mm)maximum recess rating of 3 A @ 28 VDC;non-power limited rating of 3 A @ 120 VAC(requires external 24 VDC coil power) 2098-9737 Supervised Relay 4098-9822 Relay(mounts (mounts in base electrical box or in base electrical box) 4098-9860, Remote or local mount supervised relay: remotely) -� -' • SPDT dry contacts,power limited rating of 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive;non-power limited rating of 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, I/il/i III\ IIIII,I resistive Relay Size: 2-1/2"X 1-1/2"X 1" 4098-9822, LED Annunciation Relay: (3.75 in3)(64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm) • Activates when base LED is on steady,indicating local alarm or trouble 4098-9860 Supervised Relay(mounts in base electrical box or remotely;2-3/8"X 1-1/4"X 11/32" • DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads,power limited (1 in3)(60.4 mm X 31.8 mm X 8.6 mm) wj rating of 2 A @ 28 VDC;non-power limited rating of 1/2 A @ 120 VAC,(requires external 24 VDC coil power) NOTE:Review total wire count,wire size,and accessories being 4098-9832,Adapter plate: wired to determine required box volume. • Required for surface or semi-flush mounting to 4"square electrical box and for surface mounting to 4"octagonal box k 6-3/8"(162 mm) -{ • Can be used for cosmetic retrofitting to existing 6-3/8" �\ 4098-9832 Adapter Plate,required for diameter base product , 1/4" mounting to surface mounted boxes 2098-9808, Remote red LED Alarm (6.4 mm) and 4"square flush box Indicator: 4-7/8"(124 mm) • Mounts on single gang box(shown in 15/16" 1 illustration to right) ALARM O (24 mm) TrueAlarm Bases s35fmplex 4098-9780,4098-9789,4098-9791,&4098-9792 N 2 S4098-0019-20 1/2015 TrueAlarm Sensors Features 4098-9733 Heat Sensor Sealed against rear air flow entry TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate Interchangeable mounting compensated,fixed temperature sensing,selectable with EMI/RFI shielded electronics or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing.Due to its Heat sensors: small thermal mass,the sensor accurately and quickly • Selectable rate compensated,fixed temperature measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation alarm control panel. • Rated spacing distance between sensors: Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the control panel for either 15°F(8.3°C)or 20°F(11.1°C) Fixed Temp. UL&ULC FM Spacing,Either Fixed per minute.Fixed temperature sensing is independent of Setting Spacing Temperature Setting rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at 135°F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft(6.1 m)for fixed 135°F(57.2°C)or 155°F(68°C).In a slow developing (57.2°C) (18.3 m) temperature only;RTI=Quick 50 ft x 50 ft(15.2 m)for fixed fire,the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to 155°F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise operate the rate-of-rise feature.However,an alarm will be (68°C) (12.2 m) selection;RTI=Ultra Fast initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed Smoke Sensors: temperature setting. • Photoelectric technology sensing TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility • 360°smoke entry for optimum response device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range from 32°F to 155°F(0°C to 68°C).This feature can • Built-in insect screens provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.Refer to specific panels for availability. 4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor 7/8"(124 mm) TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable,pulsed infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode II�LED status indicator receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power 2-3/8" smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available (60 mm) for each individual sensor,ranging from 0.2%to 3.7%per foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%,0.5%, andI�1%are for special applications in clean areas. rare— � Standard sensitivities are 1.5%,2.0%,2.5%,3.0%,and 3.7%.Application type and sensitivity are selected and 4098-9733 Heat Sensor with Base then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.* The sensor head design provides 360°smoke entry for WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke optimum response to smoke from any direction.Due to its and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection photoelectric operation,air velocity is not normally a device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life factor,except for impact on area smoke flow. Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly recommended. -7/8"(124 mm) LED status indicator Application Reference 2-1/8" (54 mm) IMMMW Sensor locations should be determined only after careful �1l1•�I H1� consideration of the physical layout and contents of the ��■1������� area to be protected.Refer to NFPA 72,the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.On smooth ceilings,smoke 4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor with Base sensor spacing of 30 ft(9.1 m)may be used as a guide.* *For detailed application information including sensitivity selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709. 3 S4098-0019-20 1/2015 TrueAlarm Analo• Sensin• Product Selection Chart TrueAlarm Sensor Bases (for use with Sensors 4098-9714 and 4098-9733) (Refer to Application Manual 574-709 and Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information) Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements 4098-9792 Standard Sensor Base No options 4"octagonal or 4"square box, 1-1/2"min. depth;or single gang box,2"min.depth Sensor Base with connections for 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or 4098-9789 Remote LED Alarm Indicator or 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay 4"octagonal or 4"square box Unsupervised Relay 4-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 2098-9737 Supervised Remote Relay Note: Box depth requirements depend on 4098-9791** Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or total wire count and wire size, refer to Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay accessories list below for reference. ** 2-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 4098-9860 Supervised Remote Relay NOTE:4098-9791 and 4098-9780 are NOT 4098-9780'" Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or compatible with the 2120 CDT Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay TrueAlarm Sensors Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements 4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor Bases 4098-9792,4098-9789, 4098-9733 Heat Sensor 4098-9791,and 4098-9780 Refer to base requirements TrueAlarm Sensor/Base Accessories Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements 2098-9737 Supervised Relay,mounts remote or in base For use with 4098-9791 base Remote Mounting requires 4"octagonal electrical box or 4"square box, 1-1/2"minimum depth 4098-9860 Supervised Relay,mounts remote or in base For use with 4098-9780 base Base Mounting requires 4"octagonal electrical box box,2-1/8"deep with 1-1/2"extension ring 2098-9808 Remote Red LED Alarm Indicator on single Bases 4098-9789,4098-9791, Single gang box, 1-1/2"minimum depth gang stainless steel plate and 4098-9780 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay,tracks base LED status; Bases 4098-9789,4098-9791, 4"octagonal box,2-1/8"deep with 1-1/2" Note: Mounts only in base electrical box and 4098-9780 extension ring Bases 4098-9792,4098-9789, Required for surface or semi-flush 4098-9832 Adapter Plate 4098-9791,and 4098-9780 mounted 4"square box and for surface mounted 4"octagonal box S•ecifications General Operating Specifications Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet or MAPNET II communications,auto-selected, 1 address per base Communications Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2) Remote LED Alarm Indicator Current 1 mA typical,no impact to alarm current Remote LED Alarm Indicator and Relay Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG(0.82 mm2) UL Listed Operating Temperature Range 32°to 100° F(0°to 38°C) Operating Temperature with 4098-9733 Heat Sensor 32°to 122°F(0°to 50°C) Range with 4098-9714 Smoke Sensor 15°to 122°F(-9°to 50°C) Storage Temperature Range 0°F to 140° F(-18°C to 60°C) Humidity Range 10 to 95%RH 4098-9714 Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Rating 0-4000 ft/min(0-1220 m/min) Housing Color Frost White 4098-9791 Base With Supervised Remote Relay 2098-9737(see page 2 for contact ratings) Externally Supplied Relay Coil Voltage 18-32 VDC(nominal 24 VDC) Supervisory Current 270µA,from 24 VDC supply Alarm Current with 2098-9737 Relay 28 mA,from 24 VDC supply 4098-9780 Base With Supervised Remote Relay 4098-9860(see page 2 for contact ratings) Power Supplied from communications 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay, Requirements for Bases 4098-9789.4098-9791,and 4098-9780(see page 2 for contact ratings) Externally Supplied Relay Coil Voltage 18-32 VDC(nominal 24 VDC) Supervisory Current Supplied from communications Alarm Current 13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). ®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4098-0019-20 1/2015 www.simplex-fire.com CO 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx TrueAlarm Analog Sensing UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Duct Sensor Housings with TrueAlarm MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Photoelectric Sensor; Available with Multiple Relay Control Features . �C, � o Compact air duct sensor housing with clear cover to monitor for the presence of smoke** ..affrEine,Er _ Includes factory installed TrueAlarm • U1000U00 o photoelectric smoke sensor and features: o o aoo 0000° • Individual sensor information processed by the host o ° o o° control panel to determine sensor status / � Co • Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet or MAPNET II,2-wire communications• Programmable sensitivity,consistent accuracy, JJ !!IIi environmental compensation,status testing,and monitoring of sensor dirt accumulation Model 4098-9755: • Basic duct sensor housing(no relay output)powered by IDNet/MAPNET II communications Duct Sensor Housing, Front and Bottom View Model 4098-9756: • Duct sensor housing with supervised output for e e multiple remote relays;requires separate 24 VDC; ® ® includes one relay --0 • Relay output is under panel control sEMnplex • At the panel,relay output can be activated manually or • in response to a separate alarm or other input 2098-9808 2098-9806 General features: Remote Status/Alarm Indicator and Test Station • UL listed to Standard 268A Introduction • Clear cover allows visual inspection Operation.Simplex®compact air duct smoke sensor • Test ports provide functional smoke testing access housings provide TrueAlarm operation for the detection of with cover in place smoke in air conditioning or ventilating ducts.Sampling • Mounts to rectangular ducts or round ducts;minimum tubes are installed into the duct allowing air to be directed to size is 8"(203 mm)square or 18"(457 mm)diameter the smoke sensor mounted in the housing. • Magnetic test feature for alarm initiation at housing TrueAlarm Sensor Operation • Optional weatherproof enclosure is available Digital Communication of Analog Sensing. separately(refer to data sheet S4098-0032) Analog information from the sensor is digitally Diagnostic LEDs (on interface board): communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed. • Red Alarm/Trouble LED for sensor status and Sensor input is stored and tracked as an average value communications polling display with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by • Yellow LED for open or shorted trouble indication of comparing the sensor's present value against its average. supervised relay control(4098-9756 only) Intelligent Data Evaluation.Monitoring each Sampling tubes (ordered separately): photoelectric sensor's average value provides a software filtering process that compensates for environmental • Available in multiple lengths to match duct size factors(dust,dirt,etc.)and component aging,providing • Installed and serviced with housing in place an accurate reference for evaluating new activity.The Remote module options (ordered separately): result is a significant reduction in the probability of false • Remote red status/alarm LED(2098-9808) or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity,either up or down. • Remote test station with LED(2098-9806) -- • 4098-9843 remote relays(refer to page 2 for details) Reese note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide notification of the presence of smoke in the duct.It is not intended • These products have been approved by the California State Are Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to to,and will not,replace smoke detection requirements for open Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 3240-0026.241 areas or other non-duct applications. for allomable values and/or x ndtions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use—City of New York Department of Buildings—IVEA35-93E.Additional listings nay be applicable;contact your local Snplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Tine Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Are Protection Products. S4098-0030-10 11/2014 TrueAlarm Sensor Operation (Continued) Photoelectric Sensing (Continued) Control Panel Selection.Peak activity per sensor is Typically duct sensor applications require less sensitive stored to assist in evaluating specific locations.The alarm settings(such as 2.5%per foot obscuration)due to the set point for each sensor is determined at the control ducts being a relative dirty environment.However,the panel, selectable as the individual application requires. standard seven levels of TrueAlarm sensor sensitivity are Sensor Status LED.Each sensor housing's red status available for each individual sensor,ranging from 0.2%to LED(located on the electrical interface board)pulses to 3.7%per foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivity is indicate communications with the panel.If the control selected and monitored at the fire alarm control panel. panel determines that a sensor is in alarm,or that it is Fire Alarm Control Panel Features dirty or has some other type of trouble,the details are annunciated at the control panel and that sensor housing's • Individual smoke sensitivity selection status LED will be turned on steadily.During a system • Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 alarm,the control panel will control the LEDs such that sensitivity testing requirements an LED indicating a trouble will return to pulsing to help • Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for identify any alarmed sensors. (Remote Status/Alarm sensitivity selection LEDs track the operation of the sensor housing LED.) • Automatic, once per minute individual sensor Photoelectric Sensin• calibration check verifies sensor integrity TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable,pulsed • Automatic environmental compensation infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode • Smoke sensitivity is displayed in percent per foot receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power • Ability to display and print detailed sensor smoke sensing. information in plain English language • Relays of model 4098-9756 are under panel control Duct Sensor Selection Chart for ON, OFF, or override Duct Smoke Sensor Housing with Photoelectric Sensor* Model Description Compatibility Basic Duct Sensor Housing;operating power is supplied by 4007ES,4008,4010,4010ES,4020,4100,4100ES, 4098-9755 either IDNet or MAPNET II communications(no relay 4100E,and 4120.Also 2120 CDT if configured for output) MAPNET II,TrueAlarm operation Duct Sensor Housing with supervised multiple relay output, Same as above except relay operation is not 4098-9756 requires separate 24 VDC fire alarm power and 4081-9008 compatible with 2120 CDT; end-of-line resistor harness; includes one 4098-9843 relay Relay output is for up to 15 total 4098-9843 Relays (additional relays are ordered separately) Remote LED Indicator and Test Station, Select One if Required Model Description Compatibility Mounting 2098-9808 Red LED status indicator on single-gang stainless steel plate 4098-9755 Use single gang box, Test Station with keyswitch and red LED status indicator,on3"H x 2"W x 2"D 2098-9806 single-gang stainless steel plate; (turning switch to"TEST" 4098-9756 (76 mm x 51 mm x 51 mm) initiates alarm for system testing) Epoxy Encapsulated Remote Relay and End-of-Line Resistor Model Description Compatibility Location Relay;single Form C(7 A @ 120 VAC); refer to pages 3 and 4 4098-9756 only; Locate relays within 3 ft 4098-9843 for additional relay information;one included with 4098-9756; (1 m)of device being wiring is 18 AWG(0.82 mm2)color coded wire leads connect up to 15 controlled per NFPA 72 4081 9008 End-of-Line Resistor Harness; 101(52, 1/2 W; (ref.733-894); 4098-9756 At last relay location required to supervise remote relay coil connection *Each duct housing includes an internally mounted model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm photoelectric sensor and an exhaust tube.A correctly sized sampling tube(ordered per application)is required,refer to chart below. Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length 12"(305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2"(12.7 mm)longer than duct width 13"to 23"(330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2"(12.7 mm)longer than duct width 24"to 46"(610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in"(76 mm)longer than duct width 46"to 71"(1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in"(76 mm)longer than duct width 71"to 95"(1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in"(76 mm)longer than duct width 2 S4098-0030-10 11/2014 Duct Sensor Housin• Detail Reference NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-776 for additional installation detail and maintenance information. 11-3/8"(289 mm)- H Exhaust tube access hole) .*--(Conduit(by others)) • in // 1 4098-9714 Smoke sensor,mounted O ,42 . V in special interface base(supplied) 1 Metal plate with dual holes 6-3/4" (171 mm) 0 for 3/4"(19 mm)conduit,plug —me supplied for unused hole )1 J 1� I:!I000Ilk Front View 0 0 • i 0 0 p[}0l iNOp Yellow ndicator LED,relay(4098-9756 controlonly)trouble Sampling tube O - 0 _ 0 i access hole s•- - L 0 : I III Red sensor 3 status LED (Side of duct 0 �I • Wiring terminals) (Stationary baffle(built-in) (Captive fastening screws(4) Magnetic test area 'NOTE:Orientation shown is for reference (Transparent cover) (Gasketed sensor area) only,refer to General Location Notes and i / End View illustration below for alternate 1`/ I mounting reference. 3-3/8" i bur ---7...k (86 mm) lig Bottom view i .o 4.s31 o . Duct wall 13/16" (21 mm) I `Exhaust tube 4098-9843 Remote Relay (supplied) (7 A @ 120 VAC,for use with 4098-9756 only) Test ports(2)provided / NOTE: Mount in separate electrical box within Sampling tube,ordered ) 3 ft(1 m)of device being controlled per (Gaskets(supplied( pp for measuring airflow separately per duct width ) NFPA 72 and for aerosol injection 1-3/16" --- (30 mm) Square duct 1-1/2" \ i 13/16" Alternate location (38 mm) \11M1 (21 mm) reference outline ,t/(if appropriate) �� ,,,111;,,,111;L::ooa null lin.' 18"Round duct outline ` (minimum diameter) 'Sampling tube,keyed for proper hole alignment with holes facing into airflow(template is provided for proper tube installation). 0 \(Housing is shown as position 2 per note 2 below.) General Location Notes: I • • • • I 1.Testing performed under the auspices of the Fire Detection I 0 L Institute(FDI)recommended when sampling tubes are not R Duct ' located vertically,that they be positioned horizontally in the housing, End View with upper half of the duct to account for possible stratification. Ducts and Tubes 2.Three duct side mounting options are available as shown below. Mount housing at 90°to airflow for all orientations. 1 Arrows indicate allowed airflow directions. 1 U O o U 0) i Exhaust tube (8"Square duct outline - (minimum width) [ 411141L Go� ce. i ` I DO NOT MOUNT ON BOTTOM OF DUCT / \ 3 S4098-0030-10 11/2014 Duct Sensor Location Reference Duct Sensor Location Considerations: 1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure Exhaust Damper Sensor OK adequate airflow within the duct housing. 2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min(91 to Exhaust-4-1§ Return Air 1220 m/min).Pressure differential between intake and exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to Do not locate 1.55 inches of water(0.381 to 39.37 mm). sensor here 3. Ensure accessibility for test and service. Return air damper ZZ4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect fires in the filters;in return ducts,ahead of mixing areas;upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil. 5. Other locations and orientations may be required for Fresh air 1111ASupply Air proper duct smoke detection depending on duct . — access, system design,and duct airflow testing. Do not locate Filter bank Sensor OK Contact your local Simplex product supplier for sensor here assistance. Locations to Avoid: Additional Information.Refer to NFPA 90A,Standard 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating interfere with airflow. Systems;NFPA 72,the National Fire Alarm and Signaling 2. Next to outside air inlets(unless the intent is to Code;and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke monitor smoke entry from that area). Detectors in Duct Applications,and Installation Instructions 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas 574-776. where airflow may be restricted. Specifications General Mechanical and Environmental Air Velocity Range(linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min(91 to 1220 m/min) Sensor Sensitivity Range 0.2%to 3.7%per foot of obscuration,selectable at host control panel UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F(0°C to 38°C) Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F(0°C to 50°C) Storage Temperature Range _ 0° F to 140° F(-18° C to 60° C) Humidity Range 10%to 95%RH, non-condensing Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled Remote Status/Alarm LED and Test Station with Remote Status/Alarm LED Remote Alarm LED Current 1.2 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current(2098-9808 or 2098-9806) Test Station Keyswitch Current 3.3 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current(2098-9806) Remote Alarm LED and Test Station Distance 250 ft(76 m)maximum Addressable Operation Data Communications IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-select, one address per housing; provides operating power to model 4098-9755 Model 4098-9756 with Supervised Multiple Relay Control,Requires Separate Fused 24 VDC from Fire Alarm Power Supply Input Voltage 18-32 VDC(24 VDC nominal) Standby Current 3 mA @ 24 VDC Alarm Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC;add 15 mA for each 4098-9843 relay For use with 4098-9843 relay only,quantity of 15 maximum;distance of 500 ft Supervised Remote Relay Control Output (152 m)maximum; requires 4081-9008(ref.733-894) 10 kn, 1/2 W end-of-line resistor 4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings,Single Form C, use with Model 4098-9756 Only Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output Relay Contacts 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC&120 VAC;250µA @ 5 VDC Location Distance 500 ft(152 m)maximum to relay coils; locate relays within 3 ft(1 m)of device being controlled per NFPA 72 TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). asi m p I EX Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4098-0030-10 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.corn CO 20/4 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®Simplex TrueAlarm Analog Sensing UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; In-Duct Mounting of the 4098-9714 MEA (NYC) Acceptance* TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Sensor Features Install the model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog photoelectric sensor directly inside air ducts** : • Accommodates duct airflow from 0 to 4000 ft/min (0 to 1220 m/min),providing HVAC duct smoke sensing where sampling tube designs are not appropriate(refer to specifications on page 4 for more lb information) - information) • For applications with controlled dust and humidity • Standard models are for rectangular ducts from 6" mo (152 mm)square to 36"(914 mm)square • Optional adapters allow use with round ducts of 6",8" i (203 mm), 10"(254 mm)or 12"(305 mm)in diameter • TrueAlarm analog communications can be either IDNet or MAPNET II format • Model 4098-9714 sensor is required and ordered separately In-Duct Housing with 4098-9714 Sensor Red alarm LED indicator in housing: (mounted in 8"square duct for reference) • Visible through transparent housing cover Descri•tion • Pulsing indicates power-on,steady on indicates alarm or trouble as indicated at the fire alarm control panel HVAC air ducts in buildings supply fresh air and exhaust stale air.Depending on the overall fire detection Model 4098-9750 provides two-wire operation (no requirements,smoke detection may be required in the air relay output) ducts.For applications where sampling tube type duct Model 4098-9751 provides a local relay: detection is not appropriate due to low air velocity or small duct size, Simplex®model 4098-9750 and • Relay operation is programmable from fire alarm 4098-9751 housings can be used to install the Simplex control panel and is rated: 1 A @ 28 VDC,power model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog sensor directly in the limited;or 1/2 A @ 120 VAC,non-power limited duct. (Refer to data sheet S4098-0030 for smoke sensor • 24 VDC power is supplied by fire alarm system housings with sampling tubes.) (4-wire operation) Application.These housings mount a spot-type smoke Options: sensor directly into the duct airflow.Proper application requires controlled dust and humidity. • Adapters for 6",8", 10"or 12"round ducts • Remote Test Station(2098-9806) Please note that in the event of loss of duct airflow,the 4098-9714 sensor will sense smoke IF the smoke reaches • Remote LED Alarm Indicator(2098-9808) the sensor.However,with no duct airflow,smoke may UL listed to Standard 268A not reach the sensor depending on the location of the smoke source relative to the sensor. TrueAlarm Operation.Placing a 4098-9714 sensor in ** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is an air duct provides the high reliability performance of intended to notify of the presence of smoke in the duct. TrueAlarm analog sensing featuring:programmable It is not intended to, and will not, replace smoke sensitivity,consistent accuracy,environmental detection requirements for open areas or other non duct compensation,status testing,and monitoring of sensor applications. dirt accumulation.These housings digitally communicate their analog sensor information to the fire alarm control panel using either IDNet or MAPNET II two-wire • This product has been approved by the Ca ifomia State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to communications. Section 13144.1 tithe California Heath and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 3240.0026:220 for ally able values and/or conditions concerning n>atehal presented in this Relay Model.Model 4098-9751 provides a relay that doainant.t_C listed rrodusaredesg atedWtha"c'affix such as4096-9750c.Accepted for can be programmed to track the local sensor's operation use—City of NewYork Department of Buildings—MEA35-93E Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and or can be independently controlled by the fire alarm approvals under Srrplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection control panel to perform fire response actions such as fan Products. shutdown and damper control. S4098-0021-10 11/2014 In-Duct Sensor Selection Chart Model Description Compatibility 4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without 4007ES,4008,4010,4010ES,4020,4100,4100ES,4100U, and 4120; with beige mounting box, relay and 2120 CDT configured for MAPNET II TrueAlarm communications 4098-9751 (requires 4098-9714 sensor) with relay Same as above except relay operation is not compatible with 2120 CDT 4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor Head Ordered separately, required for 4098-9750 or 4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Options,ordered separately as required,compatible with both 4098-9750 and 4098-9751 4098-9819 Adapter for 6"(152 mm)round duct, beige 4098-9824 Adapter for 8"(203 mm)round duct, beige 4098-9852 Adapter for 10"(254 mm)round duct, beige 4098-9853 Adapter for 12"(305 mm)round duct, beige 2098-9806 Remote Test Station mounted on single gang stainless steel plate 2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator mounted on single gang stainless steel plate Rectan•ular Duct Mountin• Reference In-Duct sensor access requires wiring with flexible conduit (supplied separately) Sensor base (supplied) 8 Inch square duct (shown for reference) External mounting box 7-1/4" H x 7-1/8"W x 2" D (184mmx181 mmx51 mm) – O = _ Sensorhead 4098-9714 (ordered separately) Transparent housing cover allows viewing of status LEDs — L I Gasket(supplied) J Gasket(supplied) 5-1/4" (133 mm) Mounting Notes for both Square and Round Duct Applications: 1. Reference drawings are shown mounted to the side of the duct.Where appropriate,top mounting may be acceptable. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for assistance. 2. The 4098-9750 and 4098-9751 In-Duct assemblies include sensor base assembly,mounting box and cover,and mounting gaskets. The 4098-9714 sensor head is ordered separately. 3. Templates are supplied for duct cutout size and location.Refer to installation instructions 574-711 for additional information. 4. Adapters for 6", 8", 10",or 12"round duct applications are ordered separately. 2 S4098-0021-10 11/2014 Round Duct Mountin• Reference Gasket In-Duct sensor access requires 4098-9824 (supplied) wiring with flexible conduit �► g"Adapter (supplied separately) Gasket 0 - (supplied) ,/ External mounting box /` / 7-1/4"H x 7-1/8"W x 2"D 8 Inch air duct (184 mm x 181 mm x 51 mm) (shown for reference) Sensor head 4098-9714 Transparent housing cover--w (ordered separately) allows viewing of status LEDs c�0 Sensor base ` (supplied) 3/4" 4-3/8" (19 mm) (111 mm) • Remote Indicator O•tions 2098-9806, Remote Test Station (below),provides a 2098-9808, Remote LED Alarm Indicator(below), remote red LED status indicator and a remote test key provides a remote Red LED status indicator mounted on a switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate. single gang stainless steel plate. Turning the test switch to"TEST"will initiate an alarm and allow the resulting system responses to be verified. i i ALARM ALARM 0 TEST NORM O £i Simplex 0 Simplex 2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator 2098-9806 Remote Test Station Remote Indicator Mounting.Both the 2098-9806 and 2098-9808 Remote status indicators mount in standard single gang boxes,2"W x 3"H(51 mm x 76 mm)with a minimum depth of 2",supplied separately. 3 S4098-0021-10 11/2014 Location Reference Duct Sensor Location Considerations: Locations to Avoid: 1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would adequate airflow within the duct housing. interfere with airflow. 2. Ensure accessibility for test and service. 2. Next to outside air inlets(unless the intent is to monitor smoke entry from that area). 3. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas fires in the filters;in return ducts,ahead of mixing where airflow may be restricted. areas;upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil. Additional Information.Refer to NFPA 90A,Standard 4. Other locations may be required for proper duct for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating smoke detection depending on duct access,system Systems;NFPA 72,the National Fire Alarm and Signaling design,and duct airflow testing.Contact your local Code;and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke Simplex product supplier for assistance. Detectors in Duct Applications,and Installation Instructions 574-711. In-Duct Sensor Location Reference Exhaust Sensor y"Damper OK Exhaust Return Air 4 Do not locate sensor here p air damper ZZ Fresh _ Supply air Air Do not locate Filter Sensor sensor here bank OK S•ecifications NOTE: See 0-4000 ft/min(0-1220 nn/min)with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.0%per ft application UL Listed Air Velocity Range discussion 0-2000 ft/min(0-610 m/min)with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.7%per ft on page 1. Data Communications IDNet or MAPNET II format,auto-selected, 1 address per housing Remote LED Current 0.6 mA,no impact to alarm current UL Listed Temperature Range 32°to 100° F(0°to 38°C) Operating Temperature Range 15°to 122° F(-9°to 50°C) Humidity Range 10%to 90% RH from 32° F to 122° F(0° C to+50° C) Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for wire size 18 to 14 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2) Dimensions Refer to round and square duct mounting diagrams Relay Power(4098-9751 only) Voltage 18 to 32 VDC Standby Current 240µA @ 24 VDC Alarm Current 30 mA @ 24 VDC Power Limited Contact Rating Single form"C", 1 A @ 28 VDC(for suppressed loads) Non-Power Limited Contact Rating Single form"C", 1/2 A @ 120 VAC,resistive(for suppressed loads) TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). ®Sim p I EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4098-0021-10 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.com ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. S®SimplEx Multi-Application Peripherals UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet and MAPNET II Communicating Devices, MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Individual Addressable Modules (IAMB) Features IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications supply both data and power over a single wire pair [ :j to provide**: 01• Supervised Class B monitoring of normally open,dry 331 CODcontacts• Total wiring distance from IAM to supervisionresistor(s)of up to 500 ft(152 m) / • Monitored connection is compatible with Simplex® 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors for outdoor wiring or electrically noisy applications 4090-9001 Supervised IAM • For use in indoor locations up to 158°F(70°C)such as (shown approximately 3/4 size) attic spaces or similar applications For use with following Simplex control panels: • Model Series 4007ES,4008,4010,4010ES,and 4100ES fire alarm control panels for IDNet communications • Model Series 4100/4100U/4100ES,4120,4020,and 2120 Communicating Device Transponders(CDTs) equipped with MAPNET II communications Model 4090-9001: • Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration • Mounts in standard single gang electrical box Uo 4 IS�ENOG NG DEVICE • Screw terminals for wiring connections • Visible LED flashes to indicate communications • Optional covers are available to allow LED to be 4090-9051 Supervised IAM viewed after installation(requires mounting bracket, (shown approximately 3/4 size) ordered separately) Model 4090-9051: • Encapsulated design for extended exposure to high Description humidity(LED is not present on this model) • Color coded 18 AWG leads for wiring Individual addressable modules (IAMB)receive IDNet communications provides current limited both power and communications from a two-wire monitoring: MAPNET II or IDNet circuit.They provide location • Provides monitoring of tamper switch(supervisory) specific addressability to a single initiating device(such and waterflow switch(alarm)on same circuit using as single station smoke detector alarm contacts or heat one point detector contacts)or multiple devices at the same location by monitoring normally open dry contacts and the wiring • Available with IDNet communications only to an end-of-line resistor. Multiple operation modes are available and are Model 4090-9001 is packaged in a thermoplastic selectable at the control panel: housing and provides screw terminal connections and a • Contact closure status can be tracked status indicating LED. • Momentary contact closure conditions can be selected at the panel to be latched or tracked(not available with the Model 4090-9051 is an encapsulated package with wire 2120 CDT) leads.It does not provide a status indicating LED. UL listed to Standard 864 • These prodicts have been approved by the California State Are Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions°moaning material presented in this document.Accepted fa use—City of NEW York Department of E3Uldings—NEA35-93E Additional listings nay be applicable;contact your Iced Sinplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Titre Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Are Protection Products. S4090-0001-11 11/2014 O•eration Current Limited Operation Applications Contact Closure. Closure of the monitored contact(s) For use with IDNet communications only,these initiates an alarm or other response as programmed at the IAMs can provide quad-state sensing of normal,open fire alarm control panel.An open in the monitored circuit circuit, short circuit,and current limited conditions. wiring will cause a trouble to be reported. (Program type is"T-sense.")With the proper end-of-line Panel Selections. Selections can be made at the control and current limiting resistors,dual functions such as panel to maintain the alarm condition if the initiating tamper switch and waterflow switch monitoring can be device contacts are momentary, such as from a determined and communicated by a single addressable rate-of-rise heat detector,or to track the device contact point. status(not available with the 2120 CDT). IAM Product Selection Model Description 4090-9001 Supervised IAM, mounted in thermoplastic housing with screw terminals;see applicable options below 4090-9051 Supervised IAM,encapsulated with wire leads Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Model 4090-9001 Model Description 4090-9806 For semi-flush mounted box Trim plate with LED viewing window, requires 4090-9810 mounting bracket, 4090-9807 For surface mounted box includes mounting screws;galvanized steel 4090-9810 Mounting bracket, mounts IAM to electrical box and provides screw holes for trim plate, required for optional trim plates End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required) Model Reference No. Description 4081-9004 733-886 6.8 kS2, 1/2 W; Standard end-of-line resistor harness for N.O. contact supervision 4081-9003 733-896 4.7 kS2, 1/2 W Use for current limited monitoring applications 4081-9005 733-984 1.8 kt2, 1/2 W S•ecifications Electrical Power and Communications MAPNET II or IDNet, auto selected, 1 address per IAM Input Requirements Normally open,dry contacts 4090-9001 Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire Wire Connections (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2) 4090-9051 Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG(0.82 mm2), 8"long (203 mm) Installation Instructions 574-331 for 4090-9001; 579-572 for 4090-9151 Reference Documents Field Wiring Diagrams 842-073 for IDNet operation;841-804 for MAPNET II operation Wiring Distances 500 ft(152 m)maximum without protectors Distance from IAM to Contacts 400 ft(122 m)maximum with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors Wiring Distance Reference per channel, MAPNET II or 2500 ft(762 m)maximum from fire alarm control panel IDNet Communications 10,000 ft(3048 m)maximum total wiring distance(including T-Taps) Mechanical 4090-9001 1-9/16"W x 1-3/4"H x 1-1/4"D(40 mm x 44 mm x 32 mm) Dimensions 4090-9051 1-9/16"W x 1-9/16"H x 9/16"D(40 mm x 40 mm x 14 mm) Housing Material,4090-9001 Black thermoplastic Encapsulation Material,4090-9051 Epoxy, beige Temperature Range 32°to 158° F(0°to 70°C); intended for indoor operation Humidity Range Up to 93%RH at 100° F(38°C) 2 S4090-0001-11 11/2014 Mountin• Information ®11 4090-9001 IDNet l � � Field wiring shown supervised IAM v—___,„ . p for reference I �1 siNrEEM,N roAOER co i aososoar /� �I. COD INSIR 514-3I °ATE E: LED viewing port iMel trig iiiOoo 1 , Single gang electrical I"'4= � i� 0 box 2-1/2"(64mm) minimum depth (supplied by others) Address setting under resealable label te Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws,for use when LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others) Mounting Reference, Single Gang Blank Cover Plate A r- -. A O \__, © © ,} 0 Light pipe for [ 0 i LED viewing 4-1/4" Q 4-1/2" (108 mm) (114 mm) DISCONNECT POWER DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE SERVICING 0 0 \- 0 i 1 2-1/2 2-13/16" (64 mm) � ' WI (72 mm) 4090-9806, Trim plate for 4090-9807,Trim plate for 4090-9810 Mounting semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box bracket, ordered separately NOTE: These mounting plates require mounting bracket 4090-9810. Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Visible LED 2 S4090-0001-11 11/2014 4090-9051 Mountin• Information Address setting is at rear of housing 4 A ®1 `,, frp-,--M1.11. 4090-9051 Supervised EncapsulatedIAM 11 1-----------Ilii 0 moo"• r C' 4;1 g , ......... Single gang electrical box 2-1/2"(64mm) minimum depth (supplied by others) Qt e Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws(supplied by others) 0®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4090-0001-11 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.corn ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx Multi-Application Peripherals UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet or MAPNET II Communicating Devices MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 4090-9101 and 4090-9106, Zone Adapter Modules Features 6:Dp a p � IDNet or MAPNET II communications compatible J Monitor ZAMs (Zone Adapter Modules) provide ICD an addressable interface to a conventional initiating device circuit(IDC) 2(6-,, Available for Class B or Class A IDCs: NAGE IN 3 0) MU TINE EU CO. 0'_ d090-9101 • 4090-9101, Class B monitoring for 2-wire or 4-wire IIAN YNIAANNO INITIATING NODULE initiating devices,with power reset connections for d 0 1"`LE 60O1130E:171-11N•r 0 e DA 4-wire devices • 4090-9106,Class A monitoring for 2-wire initiating devices • Zone device power is supplied separately(typically 4090 Series ZAM Package from fire alarm control panel) (shown approximately 1/2 size) • Refer to device compatibility list on page 2 For use with the following Simplex®fire alarm S•ecifications control panels: • Model Series 4007ES,4008,4010,4010ES,4100ES, IDNet or MAPNET II, 1 address and 4100U fire alarm control panels using IDNet Communications per device communications 18.9 to 32 VDC(nominal • Model Series 4100/4100U,4120,4020,and 2120 ZAM Input Voltage 24 VDC) Communicating Device Transponders(CDTs) Supervisory= 16 mA maximum equipped with MAPNET II communications Alarm=72 mA maximum ZAM Current @ 24 VDC (actual current is determined by Compact, sealed construction: total device requirements) • Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration 4090-9101 ZAM,Zone 3.3 kS2, 1 W • Mounts in standard 4"(102 mm)square electrical box Supervision Resistor • Screw terminals for wiring connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, • Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Wire Connections 18 to 14 AWG wire • Optional covers are available to allow LED to be (0.82 to 2.08 mm2) viewed after installation Up to 2500 ft(762 m)from fire • UL listed to Standard 864 alarm control panel IDNet or MAPNET II Up to 10,000 ft(3048 m)total Descri•tion Wiring wiring distance(including T-Taps) ZDNet/MAPNET II Monitor ZAMs allow a single Compatible with Simplex addressable point to monitor a conventional initiating 2081-9044 Overvoltage device circuit(IDC)populated with 2-wire or 4-wire Protectors initiating devices.Refer to page two for compatible Dimensions 4'/8"H x 4'/8"W x 1 %"D devices. (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm) Housing Material Black thermoplastic Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal,galvanized • This product has been approved by the California State Fre Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the Califcmia Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing Temperature Range 32°to 120° F(0°to 49°C) 7300-0026:223 for allo✓vable values and/or oonditicns ming naterid presented in intended for indoor operation this document.Accepted for use—City of Ne+vYcdc Department of Buildings—NEA35- 93E.Additionallistirgsrraybeapplicable;ccntactyourlocalSrplexproductsupplier Humidity Range Up to 93%RH at 100° F(38°C) fa the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fre Protection Products. S4090-0003-4 11/2014 Product Selection ZAM Modules Model Description 4090-9101 Zone Adapter Module for Class B monitoring of 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices; with power reset connections for 4-wire devices 4090-9106 Zone Adapter Module for Class A monitoring of 2-wire initiating devices Optional Adapter and Trim Plates Model Description 4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11/6"(119 mm)square electrical box 4090-9801 ' For semi-flush mounted box Trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws; 4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel End-of-Line Resistor Harness Model Reference No. Description 4081-9002 733-893 3.3 kc , 1 End-of-Line Resistor Harness for 4090-9101, Class B zone monitoring Monitor ZAM Two-Wire Initiating Device Compatibility Reference Chart Description Model Compatible Bases Maximum Quantity Direct connect photoelectric smoke detector 2098-9209 4098-9401 4098-9402 No base required 20 4098-9403 4098-9404 Electronic heat detectors 4098-9612 4098-9788 4098-9613 20 4098-9614 4098-9684 4098-9615 4098-9683 1 4098-9601 4098-9788 20 Photoelectric smoke detectors 4098-9602 4098-9605 4098-9683 1 4098-9788 20 Ionization smoke detector 4098-9603 4098-9683 1 Duct detector housing with 4098-9601 detector 4098-9685 N.A. 20 Reference for Existing Equipment Description Model Compatible Bases Maximum Quantity 2098-9201 2098-9211 20 Smoke detectors 2098-9202 2098-9203 2098-9637 1 2098-9576 4098-9407 Electronic heat detectors 4098-9408 2098-9211 20 4098-9409 4098-9410 NOTES: 1. Four-wire detector operation is compatible with conventional listed contact closure initiating devices. 2. Four-wire detectors require detector voltage to be connected to resettable power terminals. 3. Refer to installation instructions 574-183 and field wiring diagram 842-073 for additional information. 4. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional compatible devices. 2 S4090-0003-4 11/2014 ZAM Mountin• Information 4 0 000A Address setting under i 0 resealable label , ile ‘011111111 IIIP . ht.o.. _..._N O . % lo (0D . . . ,1i , tip 0A. 0 `' moi`�P rs m . ) k A 11 -. < '' '� 4"(102 mm)square box,2-1/8" (54 mm)minimum depth, RACO i 232 or equal (supplied by others) .' 4090 9101/9106 ZAM Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws,for . use when LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others) Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate A ! ! 1 © © © © Light pipe for LED viewing 4-9/16" 4-5/16" 7 (116 mm) DISCONNECT POWER, DISCONNECT POWER (109 mm) BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE SERVICING 4 4-9/16"(116 mm) ► N4-5/16"(109 mm) ► 4090-9801,Trim plate for 4090-9802,Trim plate for semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED 3 S4090-0003-4 11/2014 TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. aS i m p 1 Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4090-0003-4 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.com ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 5®SimplEx Multi-Application Peripherals UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet Communicating Devices MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Model 4090-9002 Relay IAM Features Individual Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM): • IDNet addressable control for use with Simplex®fire alarm control panel models 4007ES,4008,4010, E �� 5 4010ES,4100ES,and 4100U - I I • A single addressable point provides control and status 0 tracking of a Form"C"contact _5 s�AR IN nrE REORDER CO. • Low power latching relay design allows IDNet 4090-9002 O AY NDDLE communications to supply both data and module power - EC! REL�ED.I•EDP.M,,,EI `DDATEOD_ITE 000�oo • Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of M IDNet communications ' \ 1 O O Compact, sealed construction: • Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration • Mounts in standard 4"(102 mm)square electrical box, 4090-9002 IDNet Relay IAM Package optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a (shown approximately 1/2 size) 4 "46"(119 mm)square electrical box S•ecifications • Screw terminals for wiring connections • Visible LED flashes to indicate communications IDNet communications, 1 address per Communications device • Optional covers are available to allow LED to be viewed after installation Relay IAM Power Supplied by IDNet communications UL listed to Standard 864 Contact Ratings*(not rated for incandescent switching) Type Form C, SPDT Descri•tion 2 A @ 24 VDC, resistive from listed fire IDNet Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to Power Limited 1 A 24 VDC, inductive pl control a remotely located Form"C"contact using IDNet @ ssuupplyyrm addressable communications for both data and module Nonpower-Limited 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive power. Typical applications would be for switching local * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as power for control functions such as elevator capture,or required per application. DC inductive loads can typically control of HVAC components,pressurization fans, be diode suppressed; 120 VAC loads may require RC dampers, etc.Relay status is also communicated requiring networks or varistors,depending on device type. Refer to only one device address. the installation instructions for additional information. Wire Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, z Product Selection 18 to 14 AWG wire(0.82 to 2.08 mm ) Up to 2500 ft(762 m)from control Model Description panel 4090-9002 Relay IAM IDNet Up to 10,000 ft(3048 m)total wiring Communications distance(including T-Taps) Optional Adapter and Trim Plates Wiring Reference Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Model Description Overvoltage Protectors 4090 9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11/6"(119 mm)square 4'/8' H x 4'/8"W x 1 '/8'D electrical box Dimensions (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm) 4090-9801 For semi flush Trim Plate,galvanized Housing Material Black thermoplastic mounted box steel,with LED viewing 4090-9802 For surface window; includes Mounting Plate Sheet metal,galvanized I mounted box mounting screws Temperature 32°to 120° F(0°to 49°C), Range intended for indoor operation • This product has been approved by the C,alifomia State Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F(38°C) Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing Installation 7300-0026:223 for allo✓uable values and/or corditicns concerning material presented in this 574-184 document.Acoepted for use—City of New York Department of Bindings—IVEA35-93E Instructions Pdditicnal listings nay be applicable;contact your local S,rplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Snplex line Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fre Protection Products. S4090-0002-10 11/2014 Rela IAM Mountin• Information -S--------------e) e 4C) 01:1O ( O Address setting under ® i ° resealable label O 1 % ,Ill _.''' .,Ill u7, o 0 1►jL Oc t4"(102 mm)square box,2-1/8" - (54 mm)minimum depth, RACO 232 or equal(supplied by others) J --- 4090-9002 Relay IAM J Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws,for use when LED is not required to be externally viewed %I (supplied by others) Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate 1 Aijik A © © © Light pipe for LED viewing 4-9/16" / 7 4-5/16" , / 1 (116 mm) (109 mm) DISCONNECT POWER DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE SERVICING \ J © © © © r I — V -9/16"(116 mm) ii. I -5/16"(109 mm) 10. 4090-9801,Trim plate for I 4090-9802,Trim plate for semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. SoS i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S4090-0002-10 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.corn ©2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx System Accessories UL, CSFM Listed; Fire Alarm Control Relays, Track Mount and MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Encapsulated; Model 4098-9843 and 2088 Series Features • UL listed under Standard 864 as Control Unit Accessory(UOXX) 55 5 ,55 5no5.5 5551555 5 555151 Track mount package availability: 3°MN 3°°11/11/ 3°°MN 4 °i°i • Single relay module or four relay module with or °'� "'��� °'�' a,_ °',m R11 4 .-1 11114 .1 R2110-1 °'� "'1'1 without cover,with SPDT or DPDT contacts bli5 ill 1610 I " 0©001 • LED indicates relay module status • Cover provide status LED viewing ports • Multiple coil voltage inputs,diode polarized for DC 2088-9020, MR204/C, Four DPDT Relay Package • Modules are track mounted with snap-apart feature with Enclosure (shown with cover removed) design allowing the four relay module to be separated Single encapsulated SPDT relay package with color coded 18 AWG wire leads, available in two versions: • 2088-9021 (PAM-1)Provides diode polarized multiple input voltage ability and LED indication • 4098-9843 (PAM-SD)Provides a diode polarized 24 VDC coil with in/out wiring Description AP&CPAM so VVBLU MEL OEG REo oac These multi-purpose control relays offer SPDT or DPDT, 10 A(or 7 A)contacts in a variety of mechanical packages.Models are available for coil operation by one Encapsulated Relay Package of four input voltages allowing a single relay to be (typical of 2088-9021, PAM-1 and 4098-9843, PAM SD) energized from a voltage source of 18-35 VDC or VAC, Specifications Continued 120 VAC,or 230 VAC(not available with 4098-9843). Voltage selection is made by wiring to the appropriate Encapsulated Relays,see page 2 for dimensions input terminals or wire leads. 18 AWG(0.82 mm2)color-coded Connections wire leads Each relay model(except model 4098-9843)contains a red LED which indicates that the relay is energized. Relay 2088-9021 Mounting options are varied for application flexibility. Contact Ratings 10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive Track mounted relays may be"snapped apart"from a Voltage 18-35 VAC/VDC, 120, or 240 VAC standard four-module assemblyand used independently if Coil p Y 15 mA 24 VAC/VDC, desired. Ratings Current &@ 120 or 230 VAC S•ecifications Relay 4098-9843 Coil Ratings 18-32 VDC input, polarized, 15 mA Track Mount Relays,see page 2 for dimensions @ 24 VDC Coil Voltage 18-35 VAC/VDC, 120,or 230 VAC 7 A at 0.35 p.f @ 28 VDC& SPDT models= 18 mA Contact Ratings 120 VAC Coil Current DPDT models=40 mA 250 NA @ 5 VDC Terminal Blocks Up to 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) Temperature Ratings 10 A @ 120 VAC UL Listed Range 32° F to 120° F(0°C to 49°C) Contact Ratings N.O. rated 1/6 HP, N.C. rated 1/8 HP Humidity 100%RH,condensing 7A @ 28 VDC and @ 230 VAC Temperature Ratings *Listings are under Apollo America Inc.per model numbers UL Listed Range 32° F to 120° F(0°C to 49°C) shown on page 2.See CSFM Listing 7300-1004:0101 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material Humidity 85% RH Non-condensing presented in this document. S2088-0010-10 11/2014 Rela Selection Chart Module Reference Model Relay Packaging Dimensions Positions Number Number Type 2088-9007 MR-101/T SPDT 3-1/4" H x 2-1/8"W x 1-1/2" D Track mount,without cover 2088-9009 MR-201/T DPDT (83 mm x 54 mm x 38 mm) One 2088-9008 MR-101/C SPDT 5-1/8" H x 3-1/8"W x 2-1/2" D Track mount with cover 2088-9010 MR-201/C DPDT (131 mm x 79 mm x 64 mm) 2088-9017 MR-104/T SPDT 3-1/4" H x 8-1/2"W x 1-1/2" D Track mount,without cover 2088-9019 MR-204/T DPDT (83 mm x 216 mm x 38 mm) Four 2088-9018 MR-104/C SPDT 5-1/8" H x 9-1/2"W x 2-1/2" D 2088-9020 MR-204/C DPDT Track mount with cover (131 mm x 241 mm x 64 mm) Encapsulated, multi-voltage coil, 2088-9021 PAM-1 color coded 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)wire 1-1/2" H x 1"W x 7/8" D leads, with coil status LED (38 mm x 25.4 mm x 22 mm) NA SPDT Encapsulated, 24 VDC coil, color coded 1-1/2" H x 1-3/16"W x 13/16" D 4098-9843 PAM-SD 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)wire leads (no LED) (38 mm x 30 mm x 21 mm) Track Mount Rela Wirin• Reference SPDT contacts rated DPDT contacts rated 10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive c_10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive ® NC C NO® NC C NO NC C NO ® ® ® @@@@ ® Relay energized -._ LED - @ @ @ @ ® @ @ ® ® 0 18/24 115 230 ® ® 0 18/24 115 230 ® (18-35)VDC (-) (+) (18-35)VDC (-) (+) Coil voltage Coil voltage (note polarity (18-35)VAC AC AC (note polarity (18-35)VAC AC AC for DC) 120 VAC N V for DC) 120 VAC N V 230 VAC V V 230 VAC V V Terminal strip connections Terminal strip connections SPDT models DPDT models TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. ®Sim p I EX Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S2088-0010-10 11/2014 www.simplex-fire.corn CC 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 5Simplex System Accessories UL Listed* 4081 Series End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses Features For use as Class B end-of-line resistor: A • Connect these resistor harnesses where end-of-line resistors are required at remote locations to monitor wiring continuity • Refer to specific circuit specifications for end-of-line resistor requirements UL Listed to Standard 864 Product Selection --9-1/2" (241 mm) Model Reference Description** Number 4081-9001 733-892 2.21(Q, 1/2 W 4081-9002 733-893 3.3 kS2, 1 W 4081-9003 733-896 4.7 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9004 733-886 6.8 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9005 733-984 1.8 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9006 733-890 560 S2, 1 W 4081-9007 733-891 1.2 kc2, 1 W 4081-9008 733-894 10 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9009 733-912 20 Q, 1 W 4081-9010 733-973 1 kc2, 1 W 4081-9011 733-974 100 S2, 1/2 W 4081-9012 733-985 22 kS2, 1/2 W Typical 4081 Series Resistor Harness Assembly 4081-9013 734-086 4.99 kc2, 1/2 W, ± 1% (full size except for lead length) 4081-9014 734-092 2.4 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9015 734-093 1.5 kS2, 1/2 W 4081-9016 734-149 150k ), 1/2 W S•ecifications 4081-9017 734-171 3.9 kS2, 1 W 4081-9018 734-168 10 kS2, 1 W Overall Length Approximately 9-1/2" (241 mm) **±5%tolerance except as noted. Wire Length 7"(178 mm)± 1" (25 mm) Wire Size 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) Insulation 600 V, black Leads Stripped 0.5"(13 mm);tinned Resistor Resistor leads are crimped to wires Attachment and covered with heat shrink tubing *This product was not approved by ULC,FM,MEA(NYC),or CSFM as of document revision date.Additional listings may be applicable,contact your local Simplex®product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster. S4081-0003 7/2004 Tyco,Simplex,and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S.and/or other countries. 13 Simplex Tyco Safety Products Westminster• Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4081-0003 7/2004 a www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com ©2004 Tyco Safety Products Westminster.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 5®Si m plEx TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances UL, ULC Listed* Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (SN) Notification Appliances Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (SN) Notification Appliances are individually powered, addressed,and controlled from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit(SLC). S/V o 00 0000°0°0°0000 notification appliances use a multi-tapped speaker for o 0000 fee-4-60.000,400 000 oa°o°o audio/tone notification and a multi-candela strobe with 0 0 0 0:3 o 0°0°0°0°o°o00°o 0 synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and selectable candela 00000u000000008"0°00000 0000 Y o°0°0°0°0°0 0 0000000000000.0000000000 o 0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000000000 o0 000000000 rating. 00000000000o0 0000000000 000000000000000000000000 Wiring supervision is electronically monitored and allows 0000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000 audio wiringto be T-tapped for class B wiring,reducing00000000000000°0°0°0°0°0°0°0° pp g' 0000.0.000.00000000000.0°0°00°0000000 wiringcosts and wiringdistances. 00000 ° 000°0 000000 0000000000000.0ok o Ceiling mount speaker visible appliances are available in °0000.000.60404:00000:00 o a°oo o°o°0 000 0 0 0° 400-4000 Hz models and high fidelity models capable of operating between 200—10000 Hz. f 1 ri/aI■■■■■■ INtal Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies l��■■■■■■■..'.l the ordering and installation process. II"u""l„II For more detailed information,please consult datasheet .a S49SWC-0001. i1 . Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker/Visible Notification Appliance Product Selection Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances TrueAlert ES Addressable SN appliance dimensions with cover:8'/3"H x 7%"W x 1 '/4"D(211 mm x 180 mm x 30 mm) Model Description 49SV-APPLC(-BA) Speaker Visible appliance only. Select cover and mounting plate separately. High Fidelity Appliances Model Description 49HFV-APPLC(-BA) High Fidelity appliance only. Select cover and mounting plate separately. High Candela Appliances Model Description 49SVH-APPLC(-BA) High Candela appliance only. Select cover and mounting plate separately. High Fidelity High Candela Appliances Model Description 49HFVH-APPLC(-BA) High Fidelity High Candela appliance with clear lens. Select cover and mounting plate separately. 49HFVH-APLCA-BA High Fidelity High Candela appliance with amber colored lens. Select cover and mounting plate separately. 49HFVH-APLCB-BA High Fidelity High Candela appliance with blue colored lens. Select cover and mounting plate separately. SN Covers(Required when ordering APPLC models) Model Color Wording Model Color Wording 49SVC-CRALT ALERT 49SVC-CWALT ALERT Bilingual Arabic/English Bilingual Arabic/English FIRE lettering 49SVC-CRBA FIRE lettering 49SVC-CWBA Bilingual Chinese/English Bilingual Chinese/English FIRE lettering 49SVC-CRBC FIRE lettering 49SVC-CWBC 49SVC-CRBF Red FEU/FIRE 49SVC-CWBF White FEU/FIRE 49SVC-CRFEU FIRE 49SVC-CWFEU FEU 49SVC-CRFIRE 49SVC-CWFIRE FIRE Simplex logo only 49SVC-CRS 49SVC-CWS Simplex logo only 49SVC-CK Black No logo or lettering *Note: (-BA)indicates model is available either with or without the-BA suffix. Model numbers ending in—BA are assembled in the USA * Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire S49SVC-0001-1 10/2015 IDNAC SLC Controller Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage Compatible Controllers Reference Controller Output Voltage Design Reference 4100ES with EPS+or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 IDNAC SLC 29 VDC 23 VDC 4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop) 4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011 Ceilin• Mount S/V S•ecifications Specifications (see page 1 for appliance dimensions) Environmental 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C); 10%to 93%,non-condensing at 104°F(40°C) Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2);two wires per terminal for in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair(UTP)for IDNAC and audio wiring. HF/HC speaker strobe Maximum of 12 active appliances per SLC IDNAC SLC appliances Loading SN, H/FV,and SNH speaker Maximum of 51 active appliances per SLC strobe appliances Installation Instructions 579-1210(49SV,49SVH and 49HFV models)579-1206(49HFVH model) Speaker General Specifications Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms,see Note 1 below Power Taps 1/4,''/2, 1,and 2 W Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz(S/V,S/VH), 200 to 10000 Hz General Signaling= 125 to 12 kHz (H/F, HF/HC) Speaker Output Ratings 25 Vrms @ 10 ft(3 m) Wattage Tap 1/4 W '/2 W 1 W 2 W Model SN H/F SN H/F SN H/F SN H/F Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480(dBA) 79 76 83 80 86* 84 89* 87* Anechoic Chamber Test,per ULC-S541 (dBA)* 79 78 83 82 86* 85* 89* 88* *Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum Polar Dispersion Reference(per ULC-5541 Anechoic Chamber Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle Testing) -3 dB 70° -6 dB 80° Percentage of rated light output at room temperature On-Axis Vertical, Horizontal, Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis 0° 45° 90° 45° 90° UL required output 100% 45% 25% 45% 25% Typical output 327% 134% 83% 129% 47% Strobe Specifications Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC,Special Application Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz;with up to 63 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd Strobe current consumption'* 49SV and 49HFV models 59 mA 82 mA 145 mA 193 mA N/A N/A 49SVH and 49HFVH models N/A N/A N/A 235 mA 255 mA 295 mA **Measured at 25 Vrms on IDNAC Addressable SLC Speaker Specifications Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC,Special Application Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) Note: Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits.Anechoic speaker output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output. 2 S49SVC-0001-1 10/2015 Ceiling Mount S/V Installation Reference N Appliance with cover(front) Appliance(rear) / m—o o 0Mount to 4"X 4"electrical box using 8-32 screws/ 0 ik tt , (= , _s xw* per- t '�i Magnet ; ° 1 °0000900°4°0°00 eeee0 / ❑B _� O oo°° ° o: w / locationct �, 'oo°o°e°o°opOoo°o°o°p000°00:0°0 / - 000000°00000°oo°o°000 o �'�'�'�• o :000000%000i00000000\ °°°° ° / I�III®I�III,II 100000000oo0000000000 ax ,,\ ���� _ 1°00000000000000000000 0000000000:000000000:A liance test oints0000000000000000000000 Fes_ OPP P V11 Audio circuit ower to s, 000000000000000000000001 �P P 000000000000000eoo:000000 000 00 0 00000:arld Address D'Ip sWltCh 0::00 ` -- o000 Set audio circuit power taps and o°o°e°o°�oo°o°o°o'000°device address before fixing 0cover in place. I i Wiring terminals for speaker �, Candela flag setting = h, il and strobe connections accept 2#12-18 AWG wires 111 •I G-= �ISet address slider to FCAP 1 to control candela rating p , p II from an FACP -- providing IDNAC notification. .'�»°`',\, _ / To set candela manually„' 70 s1 slide the flag to the desired ' 15 I Use slotted screwdriver candela rating. FACP i here to remove cover. TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S49SVC-0001-1 10/2015 �3 ® www.simplex-fire.com ©2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 5®S i m plEx TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances UL, ULC Listed* Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances Wall mount Addressable Speaker Visible(SN) Notification Appliances are individually powered, Q°°°md°aa°� Os0M'`x addressed,and controlled from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit(SLC). SN notification appliances use a multi-tapped speaker for audio/tone notification and a multi-candela strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and selectable candela rating °°o°° oo °°o°° f Wiring supervision is electronically monitored and allows 0 0°0000°0°0°°0° audio wiring to be T-tapped for class B wiring,reducing I °o°0 00 0°00°0°0°0°0° 0:0wiring costs and wiring distances. 000000 0°00°0°0000000I ° ° ° ° °°° ° ° ° ° Wall mount SN appliances are available in a .-,;0°00_000_000_0052. o 400-4000 Hz model and high fidelity(H/F)model capable 000°0000Opp000 0 0000 P� of operating between 200-10000 Hz. °°0°000°.000000000 ° ° 40°00° ° ° Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies •- °°00000000o0 the ordering and installation process.A colored lens kit is available to customize the light output. Wall Mount Addressable Speaker/Visible For more detailed information,please consult datasheet Notification Appliance S49SWC-0001. Product Selection TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Speaker SN Appliances TrueAlert ES Addressable SN appliances dimensions with cover:7%"H x 5"W x 1 3/4"D(139 mm x 128 mm x 42 mm) Model* Description 49SV-APPLW(-BA) Appliance only. Select cover and mounting plate separately. High Fidelity H/F Appliances Model* Description 49HFV-APPLW(-BA) Appliance only. Select cover and mounting plate separately. SN Covers(Required when ordering APPLW models) Model Color Wording Model Color Wording 49SVC-WRALT ALERT 49SVC-WWALT ALERT Bilingual Arabic/English FIRE Bilingual Arabic/English FIRE lettering 49SVC-WRBA lettering 49SVC-WWBA Bilingual Chinese/English Bilingual Chinese/English FIRE lettering 49SVC-WRBC Red FIRE lettering 49SVC-WWBC White 49SVC-WRBF FEU/FIRE 49SVC-WWBF FEU/FIRE 49SVC-WRFEU FIRE 49SVC-WWFEU rFEU 49SVC-WRFIRE 49SVC-WWFIRE FIRE 49SVC-WRS Simplex logo only 49SVC-WWS Simplex logo only SN Wall Lens Lens Color Lens Color 49SV-LENS-AMBER Amber 49SV-LENS-GREEN Green 49SV-LENS-BLUE Blue 49SV-LENS-RED Red SN Wall Mount Back Plate Model Description 49MP-SVWR Mounting back plate in red 49MP-SVWW Mounting back plate in white *Note: (-BA)indicates model is available either with or without the-BA suffix.Model numbers ending in—BA are assembled in the USA IDNAC SLC Controller Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage Compatible Controllers Reference Controller Output Voltage Design Reference 4100ES with EPS+or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 IDNAC SLC 29 VDC 23 VDC 4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop) 4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011 * Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. S49SVW-0001-1 10/2015 Wall Mount SN S•ecifications Appliance Specifications (see page 1 for appliance dimensions) Environmental 32°to 120°F(0°to 49°C);10%to 93%,non-condensing at 104°F(40°C) Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2);two wires per terminal for in/out wiring.Use Unshielded Twisted Pair(UTP)for IDNAC and audio wiring. IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 63 active speaker strobe appliances per SLC. Installation Instructions 579-1190(Wall Mount SN Appliance),579-1193(Wall Mount back plate),579-1192(Wall Mount SN Colored Lens kit) Speaker General Specifications Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms Power Taps 'A,'/2,1,and 2 W Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz(SN), 200 to 10000 Hz(H/F) General Signaling=125 Hz to 12 kHz SN Speaker Output Ratings 25 Vrms @ 10 ft(3 m) Wattage Tap '/6W '/2W 1W 2W Model SN H/F SN H/F SN H/F SN H/F Reverberant Chamber Test,per UL 1480(dBA) 79 76 83 80 86* 82 89* 86* Anechoic Chamber Test,per ULC-5541 (dBA) 81 78 84 81 88* 84 _ 90* 87* *Note:Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum Polar Dispersion Reference(per ULC-5541 Anechoic Chamber Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle Testing) -3 dB 75° -6 dB 85° Percentage of rated light output at room temperature On-Axis Vertical, Horizontal, Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis 0° 45° 90° 45° 90° UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25% Typical output 194% 90% 45% 121% 41% Strobe Specifications Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC,Special Application(see below for 17 VDC rating) Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz;with up to 63 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd SN Strobe current consumption** Clear/White lens 47 mA 57 mA 100 mA 132 mA 160 mA 208 mA Amber Lens 54 mA 78 mA 128 mA 184 mA 211 mA N/A **Measured at 25 Vrms on IDNAC Addressable SLC Speaker Specifications Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC,Special Application Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) Note: Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits.Anechoic ratings are representative of actual installed sound output. Wall Mount S/V Installation Reference Magnet test Appliance(rear) 49MP-SV Wall Mount Back Plate WALL MOUNT HEIGHT REFERENCE location -]r_T1 1r_�i-" �l l� Bottom of lens '��O---O-_, is htly wither • 4 slightly above 4"x 4" ��.1,, p� .. bottom of electrical ' •,as% _I Ensolo • Ill I ;')-7',.‘ �`3 compatible box ♦ •' 1/ boxes --- ®FRCP Ill ®s li /' 0ei- [) 0 rI' I ) ♦ ' • ® ® , /��c-IIIr *El�l•l�l�l�lCe%0 II 1 rib•..._ _, .1161 Candela SettingSet slider to FCAP tocontrol candela ratinganifrom an FACP providingIDNAC notification.To °° ® � NFPA 72 requires set candela manually, that the entire lens slide the flag to the e���� • be not less than 80" desired candela rating. s.� �4iiii"` and not greater than �'II/ 96"above the finished floor. Address Dip Switch Set audio circuit voltage and Wiring terminals for speaker and Set unique address for appliance power tap selection here strobe connections accept 2#12-18 via an eight-position DIP switch AWG wires on rear of appliance. Use slotted screwdriver here Mount to 4"X 4"electrical box using 8-32 screws to remove cover. TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). ®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster, MA•01441-0001• USA S49SVW-0001-1 10/2015 www.simplex-fire.corn ©2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx TrueAlert ® LED Addressable Notification Appliances UL, ULC CSFM Listed* Visible Notification Appliances, Wall Mount Multi-Candela Strobes, Model Series 59V0 Features EiSimplex Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela TrueAlert ES V/O(visible only) —. notification appliances • Multi candela LED strobe available in low(15,30, and 75 cd)and high(110, 135 and 185 cd)range candela models • Small compact design and low current draw due to energy efficient strobe LEDs • Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allows strobes to operate with lower current even under — battery backup FIRE • Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing"T J•L �' tapped"connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring(Class A circuits require in/out wiring) FIRE • Self Test Mode allows on board sensors to detect the LED strobe output and then report their status to the control panel TrueAlert ES 59V0 Series LED Addressable Strobes are • TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red detailing appliance point ID,custom label,type,and Lettering candela setting(see sample on page 3) Descri•tion • Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring TrueAlert ES LED Addressable Strobes are • Compatibility with ADA requirements individually addressed visible notification appliances that • Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and receive power,supervision,and control signals from a ULC Standard S526 Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC • Synchronized LED strobe operation on the same Signaling Line Circuits.LED and xenon tube strobes IDNAC channel require operation on separate IDNAC channels. LED Indicator and Magnet Test Strobe Application Reference • Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on 3 digit IDNAC address,and candela rating occupancy,location,local codes,and proper applications of: • Indicator LED can be configured to blink each polling the National Fire Alarm Code(NFPA 72),ANSI A117.1; cycle to indicate appliance supervision the appropriate model building code:BOCA,ICBO,or • When the controller is in diagnostic mode,the magnet SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and with Disabilities Act(ADA). can also briefly flash the strobe TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage Mechanical design features Increased circuit integrity • Rugged,high impact,flame retardant thermoplastic TrueAlert ES Visual Only LED addressable appliances on housing in red and white colors IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification using a single two- • Various cover and lettering options are available–red wire circuit that also confirms connection to the individual with white letters or white with red letters notification appliance's electronic circuit.This provides supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring • Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the connections. connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs • In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained,even wiring during battery standby.This allows strobes to operate at • Mounts to single gang US electrical boxes higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent • Optional mounting adapter plate to adapt to European current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary electrical boxes power and secondary battery standby. * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal(CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. S59V0-0002-1 10/2015 TrueAlert Operation Advantage (Cont'd) Dia•nostics (Cont'd Reduced installation and testing time Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the indicator Installation time and expense for retrofit or new LED sequentially in response to the application of a construction can be significantly reduced with separate magnet to conveniently indicate the appliance's address. controls on the same two wire SLC.When Class B wiring Operational Appliance Magnet Test briefly flashes the is used,wiring can be"T"tapped,allowing more savings strobe to indicate proper operation after the address is in distance,wire,conduit(size and utilization),and indicated by pulsing the indicator LED. overall installation efficiency.Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test features improves installation efficiency. TrueStart Instrument Two(TSIT)helps with testing of TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances.Use it to information about each connected appliance. test IDCs,NACs,and IDNet communications before connection to the control panel.Please contact your local TrueAlert ES Dia•nostics Simplex representative for additional information. Self-Test and Magnet Test diagnostic features provide TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator individual appliance testing for IDNAC SLCs.With the Self-Test feature,appliance operation can be confirmed Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote without leaving the control panel.Additionally,each mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short appliance's indicator LED can be selected to pulse when it circuited wiring from functioning wiring.See data sheet receives a supervision poll during normal operation. S4905-0001 for more information. Self-Test allows on-board sensors to detect strobe output on the device and report the strobe status to the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic(all briefly simultaneously activated)or individually activated by applying a magnet.Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test information,see list on page 4. Product Selection TrueAlert ES LED Wall Mount Addressable Strobe Appliances Appliance and cover(dimensions with cover=5'/<"H x 31/2"W x 1 %"D/132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm) Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating 59VO-WRF(-BA) Red FIRE Low 59VO-WRFH-BA Red FIRE Low 59VO-WWF(-BA) White 59VO-WWFH-BA White Appliance only Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating 59VO-APPLWR Red 59VO-APPLWRH Red 59VO-APPLWW White Low 59VO-APPLWWH White High Separate cover Model Color Wording Model Color Wording 59VOC-WRF Red 59VOC-WWS White FIRE Logos only 59VOC-WWF White 59VOC-WRS Red 59VOC-WRA Red ALERT 59VOC-WWA White ALERT Separate European adapter back plate Model Color Description 59AP-EUROBB Black Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK(Deta DB164),Swiss(Kaiser 9063-01),or German(HSB,NIS Kombi 372501686)back boxes. * Note: (-BA)indicates model is available either with or without the-BA suffix. Model numbers ending in—BA are assembled in the USA. 2 S59V0-0002-1 10/2015 TrueAlert Device Re•orts Reference Service Port Page 1 REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 16-Mar-15 DEVICE POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15 T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110 T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75 T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135 Installation Reference Indicator LED WALL MOUNT HEIGHT REFERENCE /� ' Candela Setting -' ' Single gang m®wa®Pm* °S°11°[355:41 73: Set slider to FCAP to L--- --� electrical box 7 is ;control candela rating from e ian FACP providing IDNAC /notification.To set candela n OMQ 4 :manually,slide the flag to a N O 'p'•, the desired candela.' all I il j \: Bottom of lens ;Address Dip Switch is even with or rip— \ p/Remove cover to set unique address slightly above Ili for appliance via an eight-position '�'�' bottom of DIP switch(ADDR1). IID compatible I boxes * O NFPA72 requires that the entire lens....- _H900000 I 4 In l �l P, be not less than 80" I�II�I EllEU and not greater than a,�,,,,, oorrorr.� — 96"above the finished floor. Wiring terminals and con- nection clips.Teminals accept 2#12-18 AWG wiresI Magnet test location Mount to single gang electrical box using 6-32 screws(included) t....iiiiirip Ada.ter Plate Installation Reference Appliance hooks onto 59AP-EUROBB \, adapter plate flange litil -"--4111r11 Secure to box with M3 25mm screws(included) lir , Ali i-1 1 --*44141110L n-- \,k lk-- -0011100.- 1411111 ". _ i ._.;_ — r) .., -____. s,, :._ 4 i ••••';' ;:f" OTOS\ N� o' . ,.,4111....- I/ •,• ® V/0 Appliance IL- Secure appliance to adapter plate Left to right: Appliance cover with 6-32 x 7/16 screw(included) Swiss, UK,German electrical boxes 3 S59V0-0002-1 10/2015 IDNAC SLC Controller Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage Compatible Controllers Reference Controller Output Voltage Design Reference 4100ES with EPS+or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 IDNAC SLC 29 VDC 23 VDC 4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop) 4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011 Note: LED and xenon tube strobes require operation on separate IDNAC channels. TrueAlert ES Strobe S•ecifications Electrical Ratings Typical Operating Voltage Range 23-29.5 VDC,Special Application Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (=0.8 mA control panel current) IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd 23 VDC RMS Current Ratings,for typical design of 31 mA 44 mA 60 mA 125 mA IDNAC Addressable SLCs(6 VDC drop) Percentage of rated light output at room temperature On-Axis Vertical, Horizontal, Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis 0° 45° 90° 45° 90° UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25% Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47% General Specifications Temperature Range 32°to 120° F(0°to 49° C) Humidity Range 10%to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F(40°C) UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications Maximum wire length allowed with"T-Taps"for Class B wiring per SLC= 10,000 ft (refer to control panel installation instructions (3048 m) for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance=4000 ft(1219 m) Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to Connections 3.31 mm2);two wires per terminal for in/out wiring Installation Instructions 579-1162 Notes: Refer to compatibility table above for fire alarm control panel and power supply operation type. TYCO,SIMPLEX,and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NEPA). S®S i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S59V0-0002-1 10/2015 www.simplex-fire.com CO 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®SimplEx TrueAlert ® LED Addressable Notification Appliances UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* � Weatherproof Notification Appliances, Wall Mount, Visible Only, Audible/Visible, Model Series 59WP Features Truaiilari® !Simplex Individually addressable multi-candela TrueAlert ES weatherproof notification appliances • Multi candela LED strobe available in low(15,30 and wlart® £�Simptex 75 cd)and high(110, 135 and 185 cd)range candela models • Available in Visible Only(V/O)and Audible/Visible (A/V)models �- • Small compact design and low current draw due to energy efficient strobe LEDs " r -► • Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control panel or the device _SOL_ • Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC FIRE Signaling Line Circuits(SLCs)provides regulated 29 VDC which allows strobes to operate with lower current even under battery backup • Wiring supervision to each appliance allows I R E "T-tapped"connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring(Class A circuits require in/out wiring) • Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the TrueAlert ES 59WP Series LED Addressable Strobes are strobe and/or horn output and then report their status to Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red the control panel Lettering • TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail appliance point ID,custom label,type,and candela Mechanical design features setting(see sample on page 3) • Rugged,high impact,flame retardant thermoplastic • Magnet Test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of housing in red with white letters or white with red letters appliances and wiring • Various covers options and lettering combinations are • Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the available—red with white letters or white with red letters • Surface mounts to a single gang weatherproof electrical same IDNAC channel box Agency listings reference • Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the • Meets environmental requirements for UL1638 and light connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions distribution requirements for UL1971 • In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG • UL 1638 listed for outdoor applications Description • UL 1971 listed for indoor applications;indoor applications are compatible with ADA requirements TrueAlert ES 59 Series weatherproof addressable (refer to important mounting information on page 3) appliances provide visible only and audible/visible • Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 notification for indoor and outdoor,extended temperature • Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC and extended humidity applications. They are individually Standard S526 addressed and receive power,supervision,and control signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC LED Indicator and Magnet Test SLC.LED and xenon tube strobes require operation on • Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, separate IDNAC channels. 3 digit IDNAC address,and candela rating • Indicator LED can be configured to blink on every Strobe A. s lication Reference polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on • When the controller is in diagnostic mode,the magnet occupancy,location,local codes,and proper applications of: test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and the National Fire Alarm Code(NEPA 72),ANSI A117.1; can also briefly flash the strobe the appropriate model building code:BOCA,ICBO,or A/V Models with horn SBCCI;and the application guidelines of the Americans • Horns controlled separately from visible appliances on with Disabilities Act(ADA). the same two-wire circuit * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal(CSFM) • Selectable March Time rates of 20,60,or 120 BPM pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in • Output is"high"or"low"(--5 dBA difference) this document. Additional listings may be applicable;contact your local Simplex product selectable at the appliance or from the controller supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. S59WP-0002-1 8/2015 TrueAlert ES Dia•nostics TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued) Magnet Test allows individual appliances to be tested when TrueStart Instrument Two(TSIT)can be used to test IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode. IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliance IDC,NAC, Self-Test allows selected devices to detect their own strobe and IDNet communications before connection to the control and/or horn output and then report their status to the control panel.Please contact your local Simplex representative for panel.Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is additional information automatic or individually activated by applying a magnet. Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the appliance TrueAlert Addressable Wirin• Isolator indicator LED sequentially in response to an applied magnet Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote to conveniently indicate the appliance's address. mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short Operational Appliance Magnet Test indicates device circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet location by pulsing the indicator LED briefly and then flashes the 4905-0001 for more information. strobe LEDs and sounds the horn to indicate proper operation. Product Selection TrueAlert ES 59 Series Weatherproof Appliances (Requires surface mount box and gasket.Dimensions with cover=5'/4'H x 3'/2"W x 1 %"D/132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm) AudibleNisible Model* Color Wording Candela rating II Model* Color Wording Candela rating 59AV-WRFO(-BA) Red FIRE Low 59AV-WWFO-BA White FIRE Low Visible Only Model* Color Wording Candela rating II Model* Color Wording Candela rating 59V0-WRFO(-BA) Red FIRE Low 59VO-WWFO-BA White FIRE Low Appliance Only Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating 59AV-APPLWR-O Red 59V0-APPLWR-O Red 59AV-APPLWW-O White Low 59VO-APPLWW-O White Low 59AV-APPLWRH-O Red 59VO-APPLWRH-O Red 59AV-APPLWWH-O White High 59V0-APPLWWH-O White High Separate weatherproof covers (Required when ordering appliance only models) Model Color Wording Description Model Color Wording Description 59AVC-WRFO Red FIRE 59VOC-WRFO Red FIRE 59AVC-WWFO White 59VOC-WWFO White 59AVC-WRAO Red 59VOC-WRAO Red ALERT Audible/Visual ALERT Visual Only 59AVC-WWAO White 59VOC-WWAO White 59AVC-WRSO Red Logos only 59VOC-WRSO Red Logos only 59AVC-WWSO White 59VOC-WWSO White Surface Mount Weatherproof Boxes(Required,ordered separately) Model Color Description Dimensions 59WPBB-WR Red Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box,includes weatherproof gasket and painted versions of Model 72219K23(below).Order from your Simplex 59WPBB-WW White product representative 4'1/"H x 2%"W x 2"D (114 mm x 70 mm x 51 Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box; Manufactured by mm) 7219K23 Gray order blank cover(below)to get matching weatherproof McMaster-Carr;order gasket from electrical product 7219K5 Gray Blank cover with weatherproof gasket supplier N/A,cover is not used Separate European adapter back plate Model Color Description 59AP-EUROBB Black Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK(Deta DB164),Swiss(Kaiser 9063-01),or German(HSB, NIS Kombi 372501686)back boxes. *Note: (-BA)indicates model is available either with or without the-BA suffix.Model numbers ending in—BA are assembled in the USA 2 S59WP-0002-1 8/2015 TrueAlert Device Re•orts Reference Service Port Page 1 REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am Fri 8-May-15 DEVICE POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15 T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110 T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75 T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135 Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference Weatherproof Appliance Weatherproof / ^ candela flag ��� �/ window ' ``� U '_71".--- -. 7..2..( LED1r41( Weatherproof opsket seals(inched) ilki 'el il i _______0 1 _ ) ,f1 ,::_t ,.,,,. _ __, _____ > __•,.:,__________A,t. --__ ___ _, -------, __ =., ., , _,, , ,.... __ .0 Weatherproof appliance cover 6-32 1"mounting Secure appliance through weatherproof Single gang surface mount weatherproof screws(included) mounting plate and gasket electrical box.Required,order separately. Refer to table on page 2 Installation and Mountin• Hei•ht Reference Indicator LED SURFACE MOUNT HEIGHT REFERENCE •(0,21111111/4 '2 _ Candela Setting ' Single gang „®wa®P� ��8r1 � - weatherproof 3s AN V/O mn . ..----� 7 is ;Set sliderand to FLAPodels to ocon-lyelectrical box O 1 trot candela rating from an {FACP providing IDNAC Q 0 i 1 notification.To set candela =�- anually, desired slide thecandela.flag to Ari �■ the m 7 ]lo 1 a Bottom of lens III Address Dip Switch ; is even with or 0 O O„ slightly above Remove cover to set unique address bottom of for appliance via an eight-position DIP 0 compatible �,,,,i ' I switch(ADDR1). boxes 11 I ..i-- rar / MagnetWiring terminals and connection NFPA 72 requires that _-- the entire lens be not less �� test location than 80"and not greater clips.Teminals accept 2#12-18 than 96"above the Control and Volume Configuration Switch AWG wires finished floor. AN and NO models only.Use to set local or panel audible control and audible volume Mount to single gang surface mount settings. weatherproof electrical box using 6-32 1"screws , — 3 S59WP-0002-1 8/2015 IDNAC SLC Controller Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage Compatible Controllers Reference Controller Output Voltage Design Reference 4100ES with EPS+or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 IDNAC SLC 29 VDC 23 VDC 4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop) 4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011 S•ecifications Electrical Ratings Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC,Special Application Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads Temperature Range -40°to 150° F(-40°to 66°C) Humidity Range 10%to 93%,non-condensing at 104° F(40°C) IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP,unshielded twisted pair recommended (refer to control panel installation instructions Maximum wire length allowed with"T-Taps"for Class B wiring per SLC= 10,000 ft(3048 m) for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance=4000 ft(1219 m) Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2);two wires per terminal for in/out wiring Installation Instructions 579-1182 A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft(3 m)@ 23 VDC Sound Type(see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low Horn Output Reverberant Chamber,UL 464 Test 85.2 dB 80.4 dB 81.5 dB 77.3 dB Ratings Anechoic Chamber,ULC 525 Test 91.5 dB 86.2 dB 91.2 dB 85.9 dB Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter reading on a"fast"setting. Under the same test conditions,coded horn output"peak"sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output. 23 VDC RMS Current ratings (UL1971/ULCS526) Model Temperature Candela 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd V/O 36 mA 50 mA 70 mA 143 mA -40°to below 32°F(-40°to below 0°C) A/V 58 mA 71 mA 91 mA 167 mA V/O 31 mA 44 mA 60 mA 125 mA NV 32°F to 150°F(0°C to 66°C) 51 mA 63 mA 81 mA 143 mA Percentage of rated light output at room temperature On-Axis Vertical, Horizontal, Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis 0° 45° 90° 45° 90° UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25% Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47% Level Decrease Vertical Angle Horizontal Angle +20°(above axis) +50°(to right) A/V Sound Dispersion per ULC-S525 -3 dB Anechoic testing performed at 3 m(10 ft); referenced to -48°(below axis) -50°(to left) on-axis=0° +65°(above axis) +63°(to right) -6 dB -60°(below axis) -63°(to left) TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). SoS i m p I Ex Tyco Fire Protection Products• Westminster, MA•01441-0001•USA S59WP-0002-1 8/2015 www.simplex-fire.com CO 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other infommation shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. B®S i m pI Ex TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Multi-Candela Visible Only (V/O) MEA (NYC) Acceptance* �� Appliances (Strobes), Ceiling Mount Features Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification FIRE appliances provide: • Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz �1 flash rate and with intensity programmable from the FIRE control panel or jumper selected as 15,30,75,or 110 cd - - • Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC ' SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to 1,, \) operate with lower current even under battery backup • Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing Ceiling Mount Addressable V/Os "T-tapped"connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring(Class A circuits require in/out wiring) Descri•tion • TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable strobes detailing appliance point ID,custom label,type,and provide convenient installation to standard electrical candela setting(see sample on page 2) boxes. The strobe is individually addressed and • Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing individually controlled with power,supervision,and of appliances and wiring control supplied from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits(SLCs).(See • Compatibility with ADA requirements compatibility list on page 3.) • Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for upgrade and replacement(see page 3) Strobe Application Reference • UL listed to Standard 1971 and ULC-S526* Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on LED indicator and magnet test feature: occupancy,location,local codes,and proper applications of:the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code • Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling (NFPA 72),ANSI A117.1;the appropriate model cycle to indicate appliance supervision building code:BOCA,ICBO,or SBCCI;and the • In diagnostic mode,the magnet test pulses the LED to application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the Act(ADA). intensity selection;a brief output of the strobe is also IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage selectable to confirm operation Mechanical design features: TrueAlert addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide separate visible(and audible)notification using a • Rugged,high impact,flame retardant ceiling mount single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the thermoplastic housings are available in red or white individual notification appliance's electronic circuit.This • Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing mounts to standard electrical boxes supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring • Mounting options include red wire guards and connections. adapters for surface mounted electrical boxes Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC operation.With IDNAC SLCs,a constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained,even during battery standby, • See page 2 fa wire guard listings.This product has been approved by the California State allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower Fire Marshal(CSFM)pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the Csifomia Health and Safety current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage Code.See CSFM Listing 71250026:235 for slauade values and/or conditions concerting dropmargin under both primaryand secondary presented in ttrs document.Accepted for use—City of NewYork Department of power euildngs—NEA35-93EAdditional listings any beapplicable;contact yourloralSinplex battery standby.Efficiencies include wiring distances up product supplier for the latest status.Listings and approvals alder SirrplexIke Recorder to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Co.are the property of Tyco Safety Products Vtkstninster. or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC,or use of smaller gauge wiring,or combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that operate during normal system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions. S4906-0004-4 2/2015 IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont'd) TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics Reducing Installation and Testing Time.With Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each separate controls on the same two-wire SLC,installation appliance's LED when it receives a supervision poll. time and expense for both retrofit and new construction When the controller is selected for diagnostic mode,the can be significantly reduced.When Class B wiring is appliance magnet test feature provides a response at the used,wiring can be "T"tapped,allowing more savings in individual appliance being tested. distance,wire,conduit(size and utilization),and overall Silent Appliance Magnet Test.In this test mode,in installation efficiency.Use of the magnet test feature response to the magnet test,the appliance LED pulses improves installation efficiency.TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify information about each connected sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance's appliance. address. Operational Appliance Testing.In this test mode, TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote LED,the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate operation. short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT).The 2nd data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.) generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert(and TrueAlert ES)appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs,and IDNet communications before connection to the control panel.Please contact your local Simplex representative for additional information. Product Selection Multi-Candela Ceiling Mount Addressable Strobe Model Housing "FIRE" Lettering Dimensions Description Color 4906-9202 Red White 4 3/4"x 2 5/,s„x 2 5/8„D Multi-Candela Addressable Strobe; (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm) intensity selectable as: 15,30,75,or 4906-9204 White Red 110 candela V/O Adapters (see diagram on page 3) Model Description Dimensions 4905 9910 Ceiling Mount,Surface Mount Adapter Plate,zinc plated; required for 4'/8'x 3'/8'(124 mm x 79 mm) ceiling surface mount Wire Guards (see diagram on page 3) Model Description Dimensions 4905-9926* Ceiling Mount Red wire guard with mounting plate,compatible with 6'/8"x 4%"x 2%" semi-flush or surface mounted boxes (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm) UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc. TrueAlert Device Re•orts Reference Service Port Page 1 REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15 DEVICE POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15 T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110 T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75 T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 30 2 S4906-0004-4 2/2015 Ceiling Mount V/O and Guard Installation Reference Handy box, 1-1/2"(38 mm)deep(RACO 650 or Single gang box(Wiremold V5744S) equal)or single gang box,2-1/2"(64 mm)deep 2-1/4"(57 mm)deep, supplied by others (RACO 519 or equal)supplied by others Also can be attached to boxes mounted to drop Address setting DlPswitch is behind strobe ceiling T bar with clips(ERICO No.512 or equal) assembly,select address and strobe 4905-9910 Adapter Plate, required for surface candela setting before inserting into housing 0 0 0 mount with handy box unless using the 4905-9926 wire guard Bottom view �� Magnetic Ceiling mount strobe test location ; Optional 4905-9926 wire ® 11=11 ill•n I I�� ' guard with mounting plate 11 11 °• /I Strobe intensity viewing slot 1! Intensityselection plug, am wai.iiaaa• p 9 \� Ira asfrom ealen housing;ccesible factoryonly settingrisrr of FACPs, LED indicator controlled by panel IDNAC SLC Controller Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage Compatible Controllers Reference Controller Output Voltage Design Reference 4100ES with EPS+or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 IDNAC SLC 29 VDC 23 VDC 4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop) 4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011 S•ecifications General Specifications(see page 2 for dimensions) Environmental 32°to 122° F(0°to 50°C); 10%to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F(38°C) Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2);two wires per terminal for in/out wiring Installation Instructions 579-808 Strobe Specifications Typical Operating Voltage Range _ 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application(see below for 17 VDC rating) Supervisory Requirements _ 1 unit load(=0.8 mA control panel current) Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz;with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 23 VDC RMS Current Ratings,for connection to 60 mA 92 mA 180 mA 240 mA IDNAC Addressable SLCs TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Corn•atibilit Reference Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage Compatible Controller Reference Controller Output Intensity Minimum 4100ES or 41000 with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031 TrueAlert 15,30,75,and 4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 Addressable SLC 110 cd 17 VDC TrueAlert Addressable Controller(4009T) S4009-0003 Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use when connected to TrueAlert Addressable SLCs per 76 mA 128 mA 242 mA 328 mA above 3 S4906-0004-4 2/2015 TYCO,SIMPLEX and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks.Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). ®S i m p 1 EX Tyco Fire Protection Products•Westminster,MA•01441-0001•USA S4906-0004-4 2/2015 www.simplexgrinnell.com ©2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. COOPER Notification Weatherproof Appliances - Series AH Audibles, AS Audible Strobes, MT Multitone Strobes, RSS Strobes and ET70 Speaker Strobes and Weatherproof Mounting Accessories 111 Description: Designed for life safety, performance and reliability, Cooper All models may be synchronized using the Wheelock DSM Sync Notification's Wheelock cost effective weatherpoof notification Modules, Wheelock Power Supplies or other manufacturers appliances include: panels incorporating the Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol. The Weatherproof Appliances Series horn output of horn strobes can be independently controlled on 2-wire circuits using the Wheelock patented sync protocol. MTWP Strobes RSSWP horn strobe models are 4-wire appliances; the strobes can be Horn Strobes ASWP synchronized while the audible can be connected to a coded fire Horns AH-24WP,AH-12WP alarm system or can be set to produce any of eight selectable Multitone Horn Strobes MTWP tones. Multitone Horns MT Speaker Strobes ET7OWP Speakers ET-1010 Features: All strobe models are UL dual listed - meeting both UL1638 Approvals include: UL Standards 1971, 1638, 464 and 1480 and UL1971 requirements. As dual listed appliances, these California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York City weatherproof strobes, horn strobes and speaker strobes are listed (MEA), Factory Mutual (FM), Chicago(BFP)and ULC . See for outdoor applications under UL 1638 as well as under UL 1971, the Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired. agency approvals by model number on page two of this With an extended temperature range of—31°F to 150°F (-35°C document to 66°C), Wheelock weatherproof appliances meet or exceed UL • Compliance with the following requirements: NFPA, UFC, outdoor test requirements for rain,humidity and corrosion resistance ANSI 117.1, OSHA Part 29, 1910.165,ADA while providing multiple strobe intensity options, including the highest strobe ratings available for area coverage per NFPA 72 • Weatherproof with extended temperature range of—40°F to strobe spacing tables(up to 185 candela for wall mounting and 177 150°F(-40°C to 66°C)* candela for ceiling mounting). • Dual Listed strobe models(UL 1638 and UL 1971) To enable weatherproof mounting, Cooper Notification provides • Industry's highest strobe candela options the industry's widest choice of mounting options for surface or unique semi-flush installation. Models are available for surface • Synchronize using the Wheelock Sync Modules or panels mounting to Wheelock weatherproof backboxes on walls or ceilings. with built-in Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol The optional WP-KIT allows the weatherproof backboxes (IOB, • Models with field selectable tone, dBA and candela settings WPBB or WPSBB) to be mounted to a recessed electrical box • for concealed conduit installation. For semi-flush installation, the Wall or ceiling mounting options WPA*and WFPA*kits allow a customer to mount the weatherproof • Surface of semi-flush mounting appliances to a recessed electrical box without the need for an • IN/OUT wiring termination accepting two#12-18 AWG wires external weatherproof backbox. See the Backboxes, Plates and at each terminal Gaskets Table on page three of this document for a summarization of these mounting options and the required accessories. The series RSSWP,ASWP,AH-24WP,MTWP-2475W,and MT-12/24 have UL/ ULC approval down to-40°F. The ET-1010 and ET7OWP have UL approval down to-40°F. The AH-12WP has UL approval down to-31°F. U LOF o •:z_Lo,„ 11> MEA APPROVED E5946 151-92-E 7125-0785:131(ASWP) S5391 7125-0785:146(ET7OWP) S2652 7125-0785:156(MTWP) 7300-0785:154(RSSWP) NOTE:All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A.All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING,SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT WWW.COOPERNOTIFICATION.COM OR CONTACT COOPER WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS,CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION,INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION,WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE,AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their UL Listed Regulated Voltage Range. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standards 1971 and 1638 as indicated in candela ratings table. Wall Mount Ceiling Mount Wall or Ceiling Mount 1:1 I : 1. PL19E I FIRIOW E i I RSSWP MTWP RSSWP MTWP MT AH III IIIor .opr, 0 „or ASWP it_ ET7OWP ASWP ET7OWP ET-1010 Strobe Order Code Strobe Order Code RSSWP-2475W-FR Red 9013 RSSWP-2475C-FR Red 4338 Audible Order Code RSSWP-2475W-FW White 3034 RSSWP-2475C-FW White 4446 AH-24WP-R Red 7416 RSSWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5161 RSSWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5167 AH-12WP-R Red 7415 RSSWP-24MCWH-FW White 5165 RSSWP-24MCCH-FW White 5187 Horn Audible Strobe Audible Strobe MT-12/24-R Red 5023 ASWP-2475W-FR Red 9012 ASWP-2475C-FR Red 4251 ASWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5137 ASWP-2475C-FW White 4502 Speaker ASWP-24MCWH-FW White 5140 ASWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5149 ET-1010-R Red 3135 Multi-tone Strobe ASWP-24MCCH-FW White 5157 ET-1010-W White 3137 MTWP-2475W-FR Red 8420 Multi-tone Strobe UL Max.Current AH MTWP-2475W-FW White 3112 MTWP-2475C-FR Red 4457 MTWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5132 MTWP-2475C-FW White 4478 24 VDC 12 VDC MTWP-24MCWH-FW White 5134 MTWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5102 High(99)dBA 0.080 0.192 Speaker Strobe MTWP-24MCCH-FW White 5122 Med(95)dBA 0.043 0.108 ET7OWP-2475W-FR Red 9077 Speaker Strobe Low(90)dBA 0.021 0.058 ET7OWP-2475W-FW White 3179 ET7OWP-2475C-FR Red 4452 ET7OWP-24185W-FR Red 4885 ET7OWP-2475C-FW White 4454 UL Reverberant dBA @ 10 Feet ET7OWP-24185W-FW White 4891 ET7OWP-24177C-FR Red 4845 Watts 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 ET7OWP-24135W-FR Red 4872 ET7OWP-24177C-FW White 4859 ET7OWP-24135W-FW White 4875 ET7OWP-24115C-FR Red 4550 ET-1010 77 80 83 86 87 92 94 ET7OWP-24115C-FW White 4732 ET7OWP 78 81 84 87 90 93 95 Candela Ratings UL 1638 UL 1638 RSS,ET7OWP and ASWP Series UL 1971MTWP UL Max Current Model Number Agency Approvals @ 77°F @-40°F (Strobe Only) High Med Low 2475W 30** 180 115 0.138 0.168 0.155 0.150 Strobe UL MEA CSFM FM BFP RSSWP-2475 X X X X - 2475C 15 180 115 0.138 0.168 0.155 0.150 RSSWP-24MCWH X - X - - 135 135 56 0.300 0.355 0.340 0.335 RSSWP-24MCCH X - X - - MCWH 185 185 77 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.460 Audible Strobe 115 115 47 0.300 0.355 0.340 0.335 ASWP-2475 X X X X X MCCH ASWP-MCWH X - X - - 177 177 73 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.460 ASWP-MCCH X - X - - 24185 185 185 77 0.420 **Wall mount rating only Multitone Strobe 24177 177 177 73 0.420 MTWP-2475 X X X X - MTWP-MCWH X - X - - UL Max.Current MTWP/MT MT MTWP-MCCH X - X - - (Audible) 24 VDC 12 VDC Horns/Audibles dBA HI STD HI STD AH-24WP X X X X X Horn 0.108 0.044 0.177 0.034 AH-12WP X X X X X Bell 0.053 0.024 0.095 0.020 MT-12/24 X X X X X March Time 0.104 0.038 0.142 0.034 Speaker Strobe Code 3 Horn 0.091 0.035 0.142 0.034 ET7OWP-2475 X - X X - Code 3 Tone 0.075 0.035 0.105 0.021 ET7OWP-185 X - X X - Slow Whoop 0.098 0.037 0.142 0.035 ET7OWP-177 X - X X - Siren 0.104 0.036 0.152 0.030 ET7OWP-115 X - X X - Hi/Lo 0.057 0.025 0.114 0.026 ET7OWP-135 X - X X - Mounting Accessories 1111 "'R�i 7 .1-'• Il .,, _ - . WFP WFPA IOB WPSBB WPBB WBB Gasket Kit Order Code WP-KIT 4486 Mounting Options: Flush Plates Backboxes,Plates,Gasket Kits WFPA-R Red 4698 Surface Mount Flush WFPA-W White 4701 Exposed Conduit Concealed Conduit Mount WFP-R Red 4696 WFP-W White 4697 RSSWP Strobes WPSBB WPSBB+WP-KIT WFP Backboxes ET70WP Speaker Strobes IOB IOB+WP-KIT WFP IOB-R* Red 5046 ASWP Horn Strobes WPBB WPBB+WP-KIT WFPA 10B-W* White 5047 WPSBB-R" Red 9751 AHWP Horns WBB - WFP WPSBB-W* White 3033 ET-1010 Speakers WBB - WFP WPBB-R" Red 9014 WPBB-W* White 4692 MTWP Multitone Horn Strobes IOB IOB+WP-KIT WFP WBB-R Red 2959 Multitone Horn IOB IOB+WP-KIT WFP WBB-W White 2960 *10B,WPSBB and WPBB models include weep holes and plug in the event that moisture may have entered the appliance SERIES MTWP APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED STROBE Wiring Diagrams OPERATION WITH CODED FACP MTWP 0 0 SERIES MTWP AUDIBLE APPLIANCE AND STROBE OPERATE ,.„ sync 0 e Circcuit IN UNISON. RED AND BLACK SHUNT-WIRES ARE SUPPLIED. m I Module NAC#1 1 0 or FROM TON EXT Power Audible PRECEDING + + APPLIANCE FACP Supply 0 APPLIANCE RED - - OR EOLR OR FACP liii NAc#20Note: Strobe circuit requires constant voltage. p i B SERIES RSSWP/ASWP APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED W/ STROBE AUDIBLE DSM MODULE SINGLE CLASS "A" NAC CIRCUIT DSM SERIES RSSWP,ASWP,AHWP, MTWP AND MT-12/24 STROBE + NAC APPLIANCES CIRCUIT SYNC m FROM OUT 0+OUT1 + + TO NEXT PRECEDING _ APPLIANCE I ♦ • 0+IN' II P �/ 0 - APPLIANCE OR III OR EOLR O �INus i FACP ^ FACP O ,+AUDIBLE MINUS 2 11/9 sem 4,+.2 TROBE Q+OUT 2 NAC CIRCUIT RETURN Note: Models are available in Red or White. Contact Customer Service for Order Code and Delivery. #Refer to Data Sheet S7000 for Mounting Options NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products,specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock Inc.dba Cooper Notification standard terms and conditions. ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS SPECIFICATIONS General Weatherproof notification appliances shall be UL listed for outdoor use.Weatherproof Strobe appliances shall be listed under UL Standard 1638(Standard for Visual Signaling Appliances)for Indoor/Outdoor use and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired).The appliances shall be available for optional wall mounting or ceiling mounting to weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit or concealed conduit, or semi-flush mounting to a recessed electrical box in walls or ceilings using Wheelock mounting accessories. Weatherproof Strobes Weatherproof Strobe appliances shall produce a minimum flash rate of 60 flashes per minute over the UL Regulated Voltage Range of 16 to 33 VDC and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube. The weatherproof strobes shall be available with UL 1971 candela ratings up to 185 cd for wall mounting and 177 cd for ceiling mounting. UL 1638 candela ratings up to 180 cd at 77°F shall be available. The strobes shall operate over an extended temperature range of—40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C) and be listed for maximum humidity of 95% RH. Strobe inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Weatherproof Audibles and Audible/Strobe Combinations Weatherproof horns and multitone audibles shall be listed for Indoor/Outdoor use under UL Standard 464.The horns shall be able to produce a continuous output or a temporal code-3 output that can be synchronized. The horns shall have at least 3 sound level settings. Horn/Strobe combinations shall be able to be synchronized on a single NAC. Multitone audibles shall be able to produce 8 distinct tones selectable by dip switch and shall have at least 2 sound level settings.Multitone Audible/Strobe combinations shall have independent inputs for the audible and strobe. The strobes shall be able to be synchronized. The audibles shall be able to be coded when operated on a separate NAC. Weatherproof Speakers and Speaker/Strobes Weatherproof speakers and speaker/strobes shall be listed for Indoor/Outdoor use under UL Standard 1480.All speakers shall provide field selectable taps for 1/8W to 8W operation for either 25 VRMS or 70 VRMS audio systems and shall incorporate a sealed back construction for extra protection and improved audibility. Speakers without strobes shall be Wheelock Series ET-1010. They shall be listed to produce up to 94 dBA and shall incorporate a vandal resistant grille design. Speaker with strobes shall be Wheelock Series ET7OWP.They shall be available for surface or semi-flush mounting to walls or ceilings and shall be listed to produce up to 93 dBA. Synchronization Modules When synchronization of strobes or temporal code-3 audibles is required,the appliances shall be compatible with the Wheelock Series DSM Sync Modules, Wheelock Power Supplies or other manufacturers panels with built-in Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes and audibles shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. Series ASWP audibles and strobes shall be able to be synchronized on a 2-wire circuit with the ability to silence the audible if required. The strobes on Series MT multitone audible/strobe appliances shall be able to be synchronized and shall be able to be operated on a separate circuit from the audibles while the audible circuit is connected to a coded or continuous NAC. Weatherproof Mounting Accessories Weatherproof mounting options shall include surface mounting or semi-flush mounting to walls or ceilings.Surface mounted appliances shall mount to Wheelock IOB, WBB, WPBB or WPSBB weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit or concealed conduit. For concealed conduit the weatherproof backbox shall be mounted to a recessed electrical box with Wheelock's WP-KIT to provide a weatherproof seal for the electrical box. Semi-flush mounted appliances shall mount to a recessed electrical box using Wheelock WFP or WFPA flush plates to provide a weatherproof seal between the electrical box and the appliance. NEm Member WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY S9004 WP 11/12 NJ Location 273 Branchport Ave. Long Branch, NJ 07740 P:800-631-2148 F:732-222-8707 www.coopernotification.com / cooper Notification is Wheelock° MEDC SAFEPATH® WAVE COOPER Notification